BANCROFT 
LIBRARY 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 


A  HANDBOOK  FO 


BERNICE 


01   POLYNESIAN    ETHNCv; 


•      , ) 


r 


A  Handbook  for  the  Bishop  Museum* 


|HIS  Museum  was  founded  in  1889  by  Charles  Reed 
Bishop  in  memory  of  his  wife  Pauahi,  whose 
honored  name  it  bears.  The  Princess  Pauahi 
was  great-granddaughter  of  Kalaniopuu,  the 
Moi  of  Hawaii  at  the  time  of  Cook's  visit,  and 
was  also  descended  from  Kamehameha  the  Great, 
the  remarkable  Hawaiian  who  extended  his  con- 
quests to  the  entire  group  and  consolidated  these  islands  into  one 
Kingdom.  Bernice  Pauahi  was  educated  at  the  Royal  School, 
established  by  the  American  Mission  at  the  request  of  Kameha- 
meha III  and  his  chiefs,  and  at  an  early  age  was  married  to 
Charles  Reed  Bishop  of  the  State  of  New  York.  Her  long  and 
happy  life  was  conspicuous  for  its  usefulness,  its  singleness  of 
character,  and  the  love  and  devotion  of  her  people.  Mrs.  Bishop 
died  October  16,  1884,  and  left  her  entire  estate  to  found  schools 
for  the  youth  of  her  race.  Five  years  later  Mr.  Bishop  founded  the 
BKRNICE  PAUAHI  BISHOP  MUSEUM  OF  POLYNESIAN  ETHNOLOGY 
AND  NATURAL  HISTORY,  which  occupies  a  prominent  position  in 
the  centre  of  the  Kamehameha  School  grounds  at  Kalihi,  a  western 
suburb  of  Honolulu.  The  original  building  consisted  of  a  hand- 
some entrance  hall  and  three  large  rooms.  In  1894  the  growth  of 
the  Museum  necessitated  additional  accommodation,  and  the  first 


wing,  Polynesian  Hall  (Fig.  i),  was  built  by  Mr.  Bishop  to  afford 
commodious  offices  and  an  exhibition  hall  for  the  rapidly  increas- 
ing collection  of  southern  and  western  Pacific  specimens ;  but  soon 
again  space  was  inadequate,  and  in  1898  the  foundation  of  another 
wing  was  laid,  in  which  to  display  the  entire  Hawaiian  exhibit, 
with  the  exception  of  the  important  Feather  work,  to  which  one  of 
the  original  rooms  has  always  been  devoted. 

The  original  endowment  consisted  of  the  valley  of  Waipio  on 
Hawaii,  the  home  of  Kamehameha,  which  then  yielded  an  income 
of  $4000,  to  which  was  added  soon  after  $1800  interest  from  govern- 
ment bonds.  The  original  staff  consisted  solely  of  the  Curator  for 
nearly  eight  years.  Mr.  Bishop's  repeated  gifts  now  permit  of 
ample  assistance  in  the  Museum  work. 

The  illustrations  (Figs.  2  and  3)  show  the  first  building  and 
the  extension  at  the  present  date  ( 1 903 ) .  The  material  is  gray 
basalt  quarried  in  the  neighborhood,  and  the  interior  wood  work  is 
chiefly  of  koa,  an  Hawaiian  wood  remarkable  alike  for  its  utility 
and  hardness  and  the  variety  and  richness  of  its  color.  Special 
precaution  has  been  directed  to  rendering  the  Museum  fire-proof, 
and  heavy  sliding  doors  of  copper  packed  with  asbestos  separate 
the  principal  departments,  while  the  school  buildings  in  the  neigh- 
borhood have  been  moved  to  a  suitable  distance. 


Tire  nucleus  of  the  collections  of  this  Museum  was  the  invalu- 
able store  of  kapa,  mats,  calabashes,  feather  work,  ornaments  and 


KI({.  1.     IIKItNICK    I'ATAHI    I1ISHOI'    MTSKI'M    IN    ls»7. 


relics  which  were  bequeathed  to  Mrs.  Bishop  as  the  last  of  the 
Kamehamehas.    To  this  have  been  added  many  treasures  from  the 


collection  of  the  late  Queen  Emma  ;  and  by  purchase  the  J.  S.  Emer- 
son, G.  H.  Dole,  Eric  Craig  and  other  collections  of  Ethnological 

specimens :  the  fine  Garrett  col- 
lection of  more  than  nine  thou- 
sand species  of  shells  :  the  Mann 
and  Brigham  collection  of  Ha- 
waiian plants:  and  the  remark- 
able series  of  Pacific  region 
specimens  which  were  formerly 
in  the  cabinet  of  the  American 
Board  of  Commissioners  for  For- 
eign Missions  at  Boston.  Many 
Hawaiian  insects  and  some  birds 
and  shells  have  been  added  by 
the  labors  of  Mr.  R.  C.  L.  Perkins, 
employed  jointly  by  the  Royal 
Society,  the  British  Association 
for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
and  this  Museum  ;  and  many  val- 
uable specimens  of  Polynesian 
Natural  History  and  Ethnology 
by  the  Museum's  collector  in  the 
southern  Pacific.  The  Hawaiian 
Government  gave  by  Act  of  Leg- 
islation all  the  collection  formerly 
known  as  the  Government  Muse- 
um, together  with  certain  relics 
of  royalty  including  the  crown, 
thrones  and  sceptre.  Mr.  J.  L,. 
Young  has  lately  presented  to  the  Museum  a  remarkable  collection 
of  ethnological  and  other  specimens  from  Easter  Island  and  Tahiti. 


The  Trustees  of  Oahu  College  and  the  Hawaiian  Board  of  Missions 
generously  gave  their  collections  to  this  Museum,  and  it  is  probable 
that  in  the  future  the  smaller  collections  of  private  individuals  will 
be  here  deposited  as  a  fitting  place  for  use  and  preservation. 

The  first  catalogue  of  the  Bishop  Museum,  now  long  out  of 
print,  was  issued  in  1892,  and  described  nearly  six  thousand  articles 
then  in  the  Museum,  but  as  this  number  soon  doubled  and  is  con- 
stantly increasing,  and  as  the  arrangement  also  has  entirely  changed 
owing  to  the  enlarged  case  room,  it  has  been  decided  to  issue  a  con- 


•3  — 

pressed  by  visitors.  As  the  Museum  became  of  some  importance  it 
was  felt  that  the  remote  position  deprived  many  students  of  any  op" 
portunity  of  examining  its  treasures,  and  the  Curator  prepared  a 
small  edition  ( seven  copies )  of  the  original  catalogue  with  some  sixty 
plates  illustrating  by  photography  many  hundred  specimens,  and 
these  copies  were  distributed  to  the  great  museums  or  libraries  of  the 


MUSEUM    IN   isaii. 


densed  catalogue  in  form  of  an  illustrated  handbook  containing 
most  of  the  information  of  the  former  publication  corrected  by  the 
experience  of  the  past  ten  years,  and  enlarged  by  the  requirements 
of  the  present  time.  No  catalogue  of  a  live  and  growing  museum 
can  long  serve  the  purpose  of  a  guide,  but  the  present  attempt  it  is 
hoped  may  to  some  extent  fill  the  want  which  has  often  been  ex- 


FKi.  :!.     MTSKl-.M    I.N    l!l(i:!. 

world  so  far  as  possible  ;  but  the  great  cost  and  considerable  time 
of  preparing  the  permanent  prints  precluded  the  extension  of  this 
method.  A  press  had  been  procured  for  the  necessary  work  of 
printing  labels,  which  can  always  best  be  done  under  the  direct 
supervision  of  the  museum  officials,  and  this  proved  so  advan- 
tageous that  the  Trustees  decided  to  allow  the  Director  to  pur- 
chase suitable  type  and  other  matters  of  a  printing  establishment 
and  in  1898  a  series  of  publications  was  begun.  As  developed  this 
consists  of  Memoirs  in  quarto  form  in  which  are  published  the  more 
important  essays  of  the  Museum  workers,  or  those  papers  requiring 


gl "._ 


m- 


HAWAUAN  HALL 


CROI/ND  FLOOR 


FIG.  4, 


—  5  — 


TIRST  FLOOR 


no.  r,. 


—  6  — 


larger  illustrations :  the  Occasional  Papers,  of  which  are  the 
Director's  Annual  Report  and  any  publications  where  the  octavo 
form  is  more  convenient.  One  volume  of  each  series  has  been 
already  issued,  and  the  aim  in  both  has  been  to  present  a  compre- 
hensive history  of  the  Ethnology  and  Natural  History  of  first,  the 
Hawaiian  Islands,  then  of  the  other  portions  of  the  Pacific  region. 
The  separate  essays  composing  these  volumes  are  for  sale  and 
priced  lists  ma}-  be  seen  at  the  Attendant's  desk  or  on  the  bulletin 
board  at  the  entrance.  Usually  one  part  or  number  of  each  series 
is  published  annually,  and  some  of  the  Memoirs  are  intended  to 
illustrate  the  contents  of  the  Museum  as  well  as  the  ancient  customs 
of  the  Polynesians.  With  these  publications  this  Museum  has 
established  exchanges  with  the  principal  kindred  societies  and 
museums  of  the  world.  It  should  be  stated  that  the  region  that 
the  Bishop  Museum  endeavors  to  illustrate  by  collections  and  pub- 
lications embraces  the  islands  of  the  Pacific  ocean  from  Rapanui  on 
the  extreme  east  to  and  including  Australia  and  New  Guinea  on  the 
west,  and  a  carefully  prepared  chart  of  this  region  has  been  placed 
on  the  wall  of  Polynesian  Hall,  and  an  Index  published  in  the 
quarto  Memoirs,  Vol.  I.,  No.  2. 

The  collections  in  the  Bishop  Museum  are  (1903)  distributed 
through  the  building  as  follows,  using  the  plans  of  the  Museum 
given  herewith  :  In  the  Kahili  Room,  on  the  left  of  the  entrance, 
are  the  specimens  of  feather  work  and  the  mats,  mostly  Hawaiian; 
a  few  extraneous  specimens  are  included  as  the  room  can  be 
darkened  when  not  open  to  the  public.  Turning  to  the  right  the 
Hawaiian  Vestibule  contains  skeletons  and  crania  of  Pacific  races; 
mounted  specimens  of  Pacific  marine  animals  ;  fossil  corals ;  modern 
Hawaiian  straw  manufactures  and  volcanic  products.  Through 
this  room  one  enters  Hawaiian  Hall,  devoted  especially  to  Hawaiian 
matters,  although  for  convenience  whales  even  from  beyond 


Hawaiian  waters  are  included.  The  ground  floor  is  appropriated  to 
Ethnology,  but  has  in  its  midst  a  model  of  the  crater  of  Kilauea  ;  the 
first  gallery  contains  the  specimens  of  Natural  History  and  the  relics 
of  old  Hawaii.  The  upper  gallery  is  used  for  the  Museum  library, 
store  cases,  instruments  for  investigation,  etc.,  and  is  not  open  to 
the  public.  Returning  to  the  entrance  hall,  the  stairway  leads  to 
the  Picture  Gallery,  over  the  Hawaiian  Vestibule,  where  will  be 
found  paintings  and  photographs  of  people  and  scenery ;  a  case  of 
silver  relics  of  the  alii,  and  certain  furniture  interesting  for  the  same 
connection.  Midway  on  the  stairway  opens  the  passage  to  Poly- 
nesian Hall  where,  on  the  first  floor,  are  the  non-Hawaiian  ethno- 
logical collections  arranged  in  alcoves,  and  in  the  gallery  will  be 
found  the  Natural  History  collections  from  the  Pacific,  and  the  large 
chart  showing  the  region  the  Museum  endeavors  to  illustrate.  These 
rooms  are  opened  free  to  the  public  on  Friday  and  Saturday  from 
10  A.M.  to  5  P.M.  from  May  i  to  November  i  ;  and  from  10  A.M.  to 
4  P.M.  the  other  half  of  the  year,  subject  to  the  following  rules  : 

Visitors  will  deposit  all  sticks  and  umbrellas  in  the  rack  provided  near 
the  entrance.  Gentlemen  will  remove  their  hats  while  in  the  building. 
Japanese  must  leave  their  wooden  shoes  in  the  porch. 

Young  children  will  not  be  admitted  unless  accompanied  by  older  persons 
who  shall  be  responsible  for  accidental  damage  to  building  or  collections. 

No  smoking  or  spitting  is  permitted;  nor  are  dogs  allowed  in  the  buildings. 

No  eatables  may  be  carried  into  the  Museum,  and  visitors  spending  the  day 
there  must  arrange  for  any  food  required  outside  the  building. 

The  rooms  in  the  basement  of  Polynesian  Hall  contain  the 
administrative  offices,  and  with  the  Printing  and  Taxidermy  de- 
partments are  not  open  to  the  public. 


—  7  — 


For  convenience  the  following  abbreviations  are  used  in  this 
handbook:  E.,  Entrance  Hall;  K.,  Kahili  Room;  P.G.,  Picture 
Gallery;  P.,  Polynesian  Hall;  V.,  Hawaiian  Vestibule:  H.,  Ha- 
waiian Hall;  H.G.,  Gallery  of  Hawaiian  Hall.  The  cases  in  each 
room  are  numbered  independently  as  will  be  seen  on  the  plans. 
Whatever  arrangement  is  adopted  at  the  time  of  the  publication  of 
this  handbook,  as  the  Museum  is  a  living  institution  suitably  en- 
dowed, must  change  with  its  natural  growth,  but  the  numbers  on 
the  specimens  remain  the  same,  and  they  will  be  found  without 
difficulty  by  studying  the  case  labels.  Printed  labels  will  be  found 
on  all  important  objects  or  groups. 

Entrance  Hall. — In  the  porch  is  a  large  roll  cut  from  Hong- 
kong granite  for  a  sugar  mill,  and  so  used  in  the  early  days  of 
Hawaiian  sugar  manufacture.  Its  axis  was  placed  horizontally, 
and  by  spokes  whose  sockets  are  deeply  cut  in  the  cylinder  was 
connected  to  an  overshot  water  wheel.  Two  immense  surfboards 
of  koa,  formerly  belonging  to  Paki,  are  also  on  the  porch.  Their 
use  will  be  described  below.  Passing  through  the  outer  doors  the 
visitor  finds  on  the  wall  at  either  side  of  the  stairway  a  good  speci- 
men of  the  carved  gable  end  of  a  Maori  pataka  or  storehouse. 
These  structures  are  raised  on  posts  and  entered  by  means  of  a 
ladder.  The  elaborately  carved  planks  of  the  front  are  bound  to 
plain  logs  which  support  a  thatched  roof  projecting  about  two  feet 
over  the  carved  portion  and  ornamented  by  carved  barge  boards. 
Note  the  curious  three-fingered  hands  on  most  of  the  figures  which 
represent  chiefs  or  distinguished  friends  of  the  owner  or  builder. 
At  the  gable  peak  are  raised  tiki  or  images  (of  which  several  speci- 
mens are  on  the  walls)  to  act  as  guardians  of  the  pataka  and  its 
contents.  As  the  style  of  carving  is  sometimes  likened  by  uncritical 
visitors  to  the  well  known  totem  posts  of  the  Haida  Indians,  a  model 


of  one  of  the  latter  is  placed  near  by  to  show  the  great  difference, 

even  of  form.  The  two 
large  idols,  of  which  one 
is  shown  in  Fig.  6,  were, 
at  the  time  of  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  idols  previous 
to  the  coming  of  the  Amer- 
ican missionaries  in  1820, 
apparently  charred  and 
then  thrown  into  a  fish 
pond  where  the  subject  of 
our  illustration  became  in 
time  a  portion  of  the  wall 
or  dam.  The  water  was 
not  sufficiently  dammed  by 
the  discarded  idol  and  the 
fish  escaped,  causing  in- 
vestigations by  the  owner 
which  led  to  the  resurrec- 
tion of  the  long-buried  and 
quaintly  carved  god.  The 
wood  seems  to  be  black  ohia 
( Mctrosidcros  polymoipha ) , 
a  common  wood  for  such 
purpose  as  it  is  heavy  and 
durable.  The  Russian  can- 
non is  mounted  for  conveni- 
ence on  an  ancient  carriage . 
It  bears  the  date  1807,  and 

was  found  half  buried  in  the  Palace  grounds.     How  these  guns 
came  to  the  islands  may  be  learned  from  Alexander's  History. 


—  8  — 


The  wood  of  which  the  stairway  (Fig.  7)  is  constructed  will 
attract  the  visitor's 
attention,  and  as  it 
has  been  generally 
used  for  the  cases 
and  interior  finish  it 
should  be  stated  that 
it  is  the  native  A'oa 
(Acacia  Koa),  a  large 
tree- common  in  the 
upper  regions  of  the 
larger  islands.  1%e 
wood  used  in  this  hall 
came  from  Maui,  that 
in  Polynesian  Hall 
from  eastern  Hawaii, 
that  in  the  newer 
cases  from  the  Kona 
district  of  the  same 
island.  It  is  very 
hard  and  durable  but 
is  unfortunately  sub- 
ject to  the  ravages  of 
the  termites,  hence 
the  interior  of  the 
cases  is  constructed 
of  cedar  and  the  ex- 
posed parts  creosoted . 
A  fine  specimen  of  the 
wood  of  the  koa  roots  may  be  seen  on  this  stairway  wall  in  H.; 
a  table  top  once  belonging  to  Konia,  the  mother  of  Mrs.  Bishop. 


I 


PIO. 


While  most  of  the  portraits  of  Hawaiian  alii  belonging  to  this 
Museum  are  upon  the  walls  of  the  Entrance  Hall  a  few  are  in  the 
Picture  Gallery,  and  for  convenience  all  will  be  noticed  here.  They 
bear  numbers  in  the  lower  left-hand  corner  of  the  canvas. 

1-2.  Kamehameha  the  Great,  1737-1819.  The  artist  attached 
to  Kotzebue's  Expedition  in  1816  made  the  only  known  portrait  of 
the  Conqueror,  and  from  the  colored  lithograph  in  the  account  of 
this  voyage  the  two  copies  in  this  Museum  have  been  made  by 
some  unskilled  hand.  They  differ  greatly  both  from  each  other 
and  from  the  original. 

3.  Kamehameha  II,  Liholiho.     Born  at  Hilo,  Hawaii,  in  1797, 
of  Keopuolani,  he  succeeded  his  father  in  1819,  and  died  in  England 
July  14,  1824.    A  small  lithographed  portrait  by  John  Hayter.    P.G. 

4.  Kamamalu  or  Kamehamalu.   Half-sister  and  favorite  wife  of 
Liholiho.    She  accompanied  her  husband  to  England  and  died  there 
July  8,  1824.    Her  mother  was  Kalakua.    Portrait  by  Hayter.    P.G. 

5.  Boki  and  his  wife  Liliha.    Boki  was  the  brother  of  Kalani- 
moku ;    was  governor  of  Oahu    1819-1829;    went  with   Liliha  to 
England  in  Liholiho's  suite;  sailed  December  2,  1829,  on  a  sandal- 
wood  expedition  from  which  he  never  returned.     Liliha  was  gov- 
erness of  Oahu  1829-1830.    A  colored  lithograph  by  Hayter.    This 
copy  was  given  by  the  Bishop  of  Rochester  to  Queen  Emma  as  a 
memento  of  her  visit  to  him  in  1865.    P.G. 

6.  Kamehameha   III,   Kauikeaouli,  was    born    at  Keauhou, 
Kona,   Hawaii,   August  n,    1813,    of    Keopuolani.     He  was  pro- 
claimed king  June  6,   1825,  and  died  December  15,   1854.     This 
portrait  was  painted  in  Boston  from  a  daguerreotype. 

7.  Kamehameha  IV,  Alexander  Liholiho,  was  born  February 
9,  1834,  of  Kinau  (daughter  of  Kamehameha  I  by  Kalakua)  and 
Kekuanaoa;    was  adopted  by  Kauikeaouli,  and  on  his  death  in 
1854  came  to  the  throne.    He  married  Emma  Rooke,  grand-daughter 


9  — 


of  John  Young,  June  19,  1856,  and  died  November  9,  1863.    A  litho- 
graph by  Gro/.elier  of  Boston. 

8.  Kamehameha  IV.    A  life  size  painting  from  a  photograph 
by  Chase. 

9.  Emma  Kaleleonalani,  wife  of  Alexander   Liholiho;   died 
April  25,  1885.     Painting  from  a  photograph. 

10.  Emma,  Queen.     A  photograph. 

11.  The   Prince  of  Hawaii,    son  of  Alexander  and  Emma; 
born  at  Honolulu,  May  20,  1858;   died  August  19,  1862.     Painted 
in  his  uniform  as  fireman. 

12.  The  Prince  of  Hawaii.     Painting  by  Perry. 

13.  Kamehameha  V.     Lot  Kamehameha  was  born  December 
30,  1830,  of  Kinau  and  Kekuanaoa.     He  came  to  the  throne  in 
1863,  and  died  December  n,  1872.     Life  size  painting  from  a  pho- 
tograph. 

14.  Kamehameha  V.     Small  full  length  colored  photograph. 

15.  Kamehameha  V.     Photograph  by  Weed  in  1865. 

16.  Victoria  Kamamalu,  sister  of  Alexander  and  Lot;  died 
May  29,  1866. 

17.  Ruta  Keelikolani,  daughter  of  Pauahi  and  Kekuanaoa, 
was  born  in   Honolulu,    February  9,    1826,    and  died   at   Kailua, 
Hawaii,  May  24,  1883.     Enlarged  photograph. 

1 8.  Ruta  Keelikolani.     Eull  length  photograph. 

19.  Ruta    Keelikolani.     Full    length    photograph    by  Weed 
in   1865. 

20.  William  Pitt  Kinau,  son  of  Keelikolani  and  Leleiohoku; 
died  September  9,  1850. 

21.  Mateo    Kekuanaoa,    Superintendent   of   sandalwood    for 
Kamehameha   I,  and  Governor  of  Oahu  for  man}-  years ;  died  in 
Honolulu,  November  24,  1858.     Enlarged  photograph. 

22.  Bernice   Pauahi   Bishop,   daughter  of   Konia  and  Paki; 


born  in  Honolulu,    December   19,    1831;    died  October   16,    i88_|. 
Photograph  by  Weed,  1865. 

23.  Bernice  Pauahi  Bishop.     A  painting  by  the  Spanish  art- 
ist F.  de  Madrazo,   1887,  from  a  photograph.     Presented  by  Hon. 
S.  M.  Damon. 

24.  Charles  R.  Bishop.     A  pastel  by  Clifford. 

25.  Abner  Paki ;  died  June  13,  1855.     A  photograph. 

26.  Konia,  wife  of  Paki;   died  July  2,  1857.     A  photograph. 

27.  William  Charles  Lunalilo,  sixth  King  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands;  born  in  Honolulu,  January  31,  1835,  of  Kekauluohi  and 
Charles  Kanaina ;    elected  King  January  i,  1873;    died  February 
3,  1874.     Painting  by  a  Chinese  artist. 

28.  Lunalilo.     Photograph. 

29.  Lunalilo,  as  a  boy  at  the  Royal  School.     A  water  color 
drawing  by  one  of  the  artists  of  the  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition. 

30.  Lydia  Kamakaeha  Liliuokalani ;  born  September  2,  1838, 
of  Kapaakea  and  Keohokalole ;    adopted  by  Paki ;    ascended  the 
throne  of  Hawaii  January  29,  1891  ;    removed  from  the  throne  by 
the  people  January  17,  1893.     Photograph  by  Weed,  1865. 

31.  David    Laamea    Kamanakapuu    Mahinulani   Naloiaehu- 
okalani  Lumialani  Kalakaua,  seventh  King  of  Hawaii,  was  born 
November  16,  1836,  of  Kapaakea  and 'Keohokalole  ;  elected  to  the 
throne  February  12,  1874;  died  in  San  Francisco  January  29,  1891. 

32.  Kapiolani,  widow  of  Kalakaua;   married  in  1862;  died 
at  Waikiki  June  24,  1899.     Photograph. 

33.  Victoria  Kawekiu  Kaiulani  Lunalilo  Kalaninuiahilapa- 
lapa,  daughter  of  Likelike  and  niece  of  Kalakaua  and  Liliuoka- 
lani;  born  October  16,  1875;  died  May  24,  1899. 

36.     Kamehameha  IV.    A  photograph,  and  a  most  .satisfactory 
likeness. 

45.     Thomas  Hoopu,   George  Tamoree,   William  Teuooe  and 


—  io  — 


John  Honoree.  An  engraving  by  Jocelyn,  from  a  painting  by 
Samuel  F.  B.  Morse.  It  is  inscribed:  "The  profits  arising  from 
the  sale  of  this  print  of  four  Owhyhean  Youths  will  be  applied  to 
the  Sandwich  Islands  Missions.  New  Haven,  1822." 

49.  A  Daguerreotype  group  of  Kauikeaouli,   Kalama,  Lot, 
Alexander  and  Victoria. 

50.  Lot  Kamehameha.     Daguerreotype. 

51.  Victoria  Kamainalu.     Daguerreotype. 

52.  Abner  Paki.     Daguerreotype. 

53.  Bernice  Pauahi  Bishop.     Daguerreotype.    . 

54.  Abner  Paki.     Daguerreotype. 

55.  Keoniana  and  Emma  Rooke  (Queen  Emma).    Daguerre- 
otype. 

56.  William  P.  Kiuau.     Daguerreotype. 

57.  Kekuanaoa  and  his  daughter  Victoria.     Daguerreotype. 

58.  T.  C.  B.  Rooke  and  Emma.     Daguerreotype. 

59.  William  C.  Lunalilo. 

190.     Lydia  Makaeha  Liliuokalani,  as  Queen  of  Hawaii,  1892. 
192.     George  Vancouver.     Copied  by  Philip  L.  Hale  from  the 
portrait  in  the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  London. 

202.     Princess  Likelike,   sister  of  Kalakaua ;  died  February 

2,    I887. 

193  -  200.  Eight  bas-reliefs  of  Hawaiian  Types  by  Allen 
Hutchinson,  formerly  of  Honolulu. 

The  cabinet  at  the  head  of  the  stairs  was  made  of  Hawaiian 
woods  in  Berlin  for  Queen  Emma,  and  until  the  death  of  Kameha- 
meha IV  was  in  the  palace.  After  the  Queen's  death  it  was  in 
Mr.  Bishop's  drawing  room  until  removed  to  this  Museum.  The 
contents  are  mementos  of  Mrs.  Bishop,  including  some  of  her  paint- 


ings on  China.     The  koa  cabinet,  near  by  formerly  belonged  to 
King  Lunalilo. 

On  the  wall  by  the  front  window  are  ancient  Hawaiian  kauila 
spears,  which,  owing  to  their  size,  are  separated  from  the  other 
Hawaiian  weapons  exhibited  in  Hawaiian  Hall.  The pololu  was  a 
very  long  stick,  with  the  butt  carved  in  various  patterns,  the  shaft 
often  not  smoothed,  and  the  point  hardly  sharpened.  It  was  also 
sometimes  made  of  great  length  (No.  800  is  17  ft.  3  in.  long)  and 
very  heavy,  to  set  up  before  a  chief's  house  as  a  mark  of  his  rank  ;  in 
such  case  the  butt  was  usually  squared  to  fit  a  socket  sunk  in  the 
ground.  Two  very  fine  ones,  carried  in  processions  with  kahilis, 
are  to  be  seen  in  the  Kahili  Room,  and  in  the  same  place  are  a 
number  used  as  kahili  handles.  Some  of  these  old  weapons  have 
a  history.  The  petitcs  histoircs  of  several  of  these  spears  have  been 
preserved,  and  the  following  may  interest  the  visitor.  No.  804  : 
The  tree  grew  at  Puukapele,  Kauai,  from  which  this  spear  was 
made  for  Kamehameha  I,  who  gave  it  to  his  aikanc  Hema  just  be- 
fore the  battle  of  Mokuohai  against  Kiwalao.  Hema  also  used  it 
in  six  other  important  battles — at  Laupahoehoe  against  Keoua 
Kuahuula  ;  in  a  sea  fight  in  the  Moana  o  Alanuihaha  against  Kahe- 
kili  and  his  brother  Kaeo  ( 1791 );  at  lao  against  Kalanikupule,  the 
son  of  Kahekili ;  at  the  battle  of  Kaipalaoa  in  Hilo  against  Nama- 
keha  ;  at  Keaau,  Puna  ;  at  Kaunakakai,  Molokai.  In  the  peaceful 
time  after  Kamehameha  had  subdued  his  rivals  the  old  spear  was 
trimmed  into  an  auamo  aipuupuu  and  used  to  carry  the  food  cala- 
bashes of  the  chiefs.  No.  817  :  Originally  from  Kauai,  this  spear 
was  in  the  same  family  for  seven  generations.  Some  of  the  men 
were  iu'ikuamoo  of  the  kings  of  Maui  and  used  the  spear  against 
Kamehameha  in  the  battles  of  Kulaokamaomao  and  lao  or  Kapani- 
wai.  No.  821  :  The  tree  from  which  this  spear  was  fashioned  was 


—  II  — 


cut  with  a  stone  axe  by  Kanapua  about  the  time  of  Cook's  arrival. 
It  was  used  in  the  battle  of  Kapaniwai  on  Kamehameha's  side. 
Kanapua  died  in  1843  leaving  the  weapon  to  his  son  Kaneakua, 
who  took  it  to  Waialua,  Oahu,  in  1846,  and  after  thirty  years 
brought  it  to  Honolulu.  From  the  upper  landing  one  enters  the 

Picture  Gallery. — Making  no  claim  to  be  an  art  gallery,  this 
room  contains  very  interesting  views  of  the  volcanic  outbreaks  on 
these  Islands  in  recent  years,  pictures  of  which  the  accuracy  has 
not  been  surpassed.  Beginning  on  the  left  of  the  entrance  there  is 
a  view  of  the  raised  lava  lake  of  1893,  of  which  the  position  in  the 
crater  of  Kilauea  can  best  be  understood  by  the  painting  of  the  entire 
crater  which  hangs  on  the  opposite  wall  of  the  gallery.  In  1896  the 
bottom  dropped  (a  common  way  with  this  crater)  and  the  molten  con- 
tents escaped  by  some  subterranean  channel,  leaving  a  chasm  half 
a  mile  across  and  perhaps  600  ft.  deep.  The  week  after  the  empty- 
ing there  was  neither  fire  nor  smoke  in  the  conical  pit,  nor  any 
signs  of  an  opening  by  which  the  lava  had  vanished.  After  some 
months  the  lava  again  began  to  rise  in  the  well  to  a  height  of  several 
hundred  feet,  in  which  state  Howard  Hitchcock,  the  artist  of  the 
two  previous  paintings,  made  the  view  which  hangs  on  the  same 
wall  with  the  comprehensive  picture  of  Kilauea. 

Next  is  to  be  noticed  a  water-color  sketch  of  Waimea,  Kauai, 
a  facsimile  of  that  (now  in  the  British  Museum)  made  by  Waber, 
Cook's  artist  at  the  time  of  the  rediscovery  of  these  Islands.  Cook 
anchored  off  the  mouth  of  the  Waimea  river  January  20,  1778. 
Another  important  painting  near  by  is  Charles  Furneaux'  view  of 
the  eruption  of  Mauna  Loa  in  1881  seen  from  the  sea  off  Kawaihae. 
While  the  summits  of  the  giants  of  Hawaii  were  snow-clad,  foun- 
tains of  lava  spouted  from  the  flank  of  Loa  and  flowed  in  several 
streams  toward  Hilo,  stopping  at  last  within  half  a  mile  of  the  town. 


In  the  foreground  is  seen  the  ground  on  which  Kamehameha  built 
the  heiau  or  temple  Puukohola  to  Kukailimoku  (1791)  as  a  help 
to  the  conquest  of  the  group.  Nearby  hangs  a  picture  of  Hale- 
akala,  the  house  built  by  Paki,  in  which  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bishop  long 
had  their  hospitable  home:  now  destroyed.  On  the  end  wall  is 
Hitchcock's  remarkable  painting  of  the  eruption  in  1896  of  Mokuo- 
weoweo  the  summit  crater  of  Loa.  The  contrast  of  snow  and  earth- 
fire  at  an  elevation  of  nearly  14,000  ft.  is  noteworthy  :  the  crater 
walls  in  the  background  are  800  ft.  high  :  Mauna  Kea  is  seen 
through  a  break  in  the  wall. 

In  the  corner  niches  in  this  end  of  the  gallery  are  :  on  the  left 
a  clock  given  by  Louis  Philippe  to  Kamehameha  III  (the  case  was 
replaced  in  Honolulu),  and  on  the  right  a  bust  of  Laperouse  from 
the  monument  to  this  unfortunate  navigator  in  the  Mus6e  de  Marine, 
Louvre,  Paris.  A  bust  of  Bougainville  is  in  the  third  niche.  A 
bronze  bust  of  Kalakaua,  by  Allen  Hutchinson.  stands  near  the 
entrance,  and  a  small  bust  of  King  Lunalilo,  by  the  same  sculptor, 
is  also  in  the  gallery. 

The  cradle  was  presented  to  the  Prince  of  Hawaii,  the  child 
of  Kamehameha  IV  and  Emma:  it  was  made  in  Honolulu.  The 
spinning  wheel  was  made  in  the  early  days  of  the  American  Mis- 
sion when  an  attempt  was  made  to  teach  the  Hawaiians  spinning 
and  weaving,  of  which  some  of  the  results  are  shown  in  the  relic 
case  (H.G.).  The  rude  chair,  a  manele,  was  used  to  carry  people 
in  difficult  paths  before  the  advent  of  horses.  This  and  the  wheel 
were  given  by  Dr.  A.  B.  Lyons. 

Beneath  the  front  window  is  a  large  lithographic  view  of  Hono- 
lulu in  1855,  a  drawing  by  Paul  Emmert  from  the  tower  of  the 
Romanist  cathedral.  A  view  of  the  town  in  1837,  drawn  by  Edward 
Bailey  of  the  American  Mission  and  engraved  at  Lahainaluna,  is 
also  shown.  Other  smaller  views  and  photographs  show  the  town 


—  12  — 


at  various  times.  In  a  border  extending  around  the  gallery  are 
shown  photographs  of  Pacific  Islanders,  beginning  with  the  Maori 
on  the  left  of  the  entrance  :  as  these  are  labeled  and  liable  to  sub- 
stitution from  time  to  time  no  farther  description  is  required.  A 
small  waxen  bust  of  L,iholiho,  who  died  in  England,  given  to  the 
Museum  by  Mrs.  E.  K.  Pratt,  a  schoolmate  of  Mrs.  Bishop  in  the 
Chiefs'  School,  was  brought  home  with  the  royal  remains  by  Lord 
Byron  in  1824  as  a  present  to  one  of  the  late  King's  widows,  and 
it  is  said  that  when  Kalaimoku  and  the  other  chiefs  saw  it  they 
wept  as  they  recognized  their  beloved  King. 

In  the  cabinet  of  silver  near  the  window  are  :  A  silver  teapot 
sent  by  King  George  IV  of  England  to  the  regent  Kaahumanu, 
and  another  given  by  him  to  Liliha,  the  wife  of  Boki.  A  full  tea 
set  was  given  in  each  case,  but  it  is  the  Hawaiian  custom  to  divide 
such  property  among  the  heirs  of  a  decedent,  and  so  these  teapots 
are  left  solitary.  A  pitcher,  salver  and  six  goblets  inscribed 
"Presented  by  the  Insurers  of  the  ship  California,  of  the  City  of 
Boston,  United  States  of  America,  to  Mateo  Kekuanaoa,  Governor 
of  the  Island  of  Oahu,  Sandwich  Islands.  1842."  A  cup  pre- 
sented by  Queen  Victoria  to  her  godson  the  Prince  of  Hawaii ;  it 
was  greatly  valued  by  Queen  Emma.  Specimens  of  old  jewelry 
belonging  to  Mrs.  Bishop  and  the  other  members  of  the  Kameha- 
meha  family.  The  koa  table  in  the  midst  of  the  gallery  belonged 
to  Mrs.  Bishop.  A  silver  speaking-trumpet  belonging  formerly  to 
one  of  the  missionary  packets,  Morning  Star,  was  given  by  Rev. 
Henry  H.  Parker. 

Kahili  Room. — At  the  left  of  the  entrance  is  a  room  cased 
with  white  cedar  (Chamacyparis  Lawsoniana)  and  containing  some 
of  the  most  remarkable  specimens  in  the  Museum.  Perhaps  of  all 
the  native  Hawaiian  work  that  in  feathers  is  most  generally  inter- 


esting and  most  widely  known.  The  avifauna  of  these  Islands  is 
limited  and  not  at  all  remarkable  for  plumage  of  bright  or  varied 
coloring.  The  birds  furnishing  the  ornamental  feathers  to  the  old 
Hawaiians  were : — 

Mamo,  Drcpanis  pacifica,  Orange  and  black ; 

Oo,  Moho  nobilis,  Yellow  and  black ; 

liwi,  Vestiaria  coccinea,  Scarlet; 

Apapane,  Himatione  sang uinea,  Crimson; 

Ou,  Psittacirostra  psittacea,  Green; 

Koae,  Phaethon  rubricauda,  White  and  red ; 

Iwa,  Fregata  aquila,  Black  with  greenish  sheen  ; 

and  specimens  of  all  these  may  be  seen  in  Case  16,  and  also  in  more 
extensive  series  in  H.G. 

In  more  recent  times  the  advent  of  foreigners  has  added  to  this 
meagre  list  peacock,  parrot,  pheasant,  ostrich,  mina,  duck  and 
barnyard  fowl  of  many  strains.  But  for  value  no  modern  feathers 
compare  with  the  ancient  and  indigenous  product.  The  mamo  and 
oo  formed  a  kind  of  golden  currency  with  which  taxes  might  be 
paid,  the  gods  propitiated,  or  chiefs  mollified,  and  with  the  red 
feathers  of  the  iiwi  formed  the  most  treasured  property  of  the 
Hawaiians.  Feather  hunting  was  a  distinct  vocation,  and  as  most 
of  the  birds  whose  feathers  were  sought  are  only  found  inland  and 
high  on  the  mountains,  courage,  patience  and  industry  were  neces- 
sary to  the  poe  hahae  manu.  Sometime  a  net  (No.  138,  c.  8)  was 
used,  at  other  times  a  snare,  but  oftener  the  hunter  smeared  on  the 
twigs  birdlime  made  of  the  gum  of  the  breadfruit  or  the  viscid 
milksap  of  the  tree  lobeliads;  and,  to  excite  the  birds'  curiosity, 
even  transplanted  strange  trees  to  the  midst  of  the  region  frequented 
by  them.  To  obtain  the  pair  of  tail  feathers  of  the  koae  or  tropic 
bird,  the  hunter  climbed  steep  precipices  where  these  birds  nest,  or 


13  — 


made  difficult  voyages  to  Nihoa  or  Necker,  bird 
islands  of  the  Hawaiian  group.     As  brought  in 
by  the  hunter  the  feathers  of  the  land  birds  were 
attached  to  slender  fibres  as  shown  in  Nos.  139, 
140,  c.  8.     A'apu  protected  the 
birds  to  some  extent,  but  the  cus- 
toms of  the  hunters  were  a  more 
complete  protection,  for  although 
the  oo  was  very  good  eating,  it 
was  generally  spared  to  renew  at 
the  next  moulting  the  small  tuft 
of  axillary  feathers  which   was 
plucked.       It 
is    a    popular 
delusion  that 
there  are  but 
two    feathers 
taken    from 
each      bird 
that  some   of 
the  many  un- 
knowingwrit- 
ers  on  things 
Hawaiian  are 
responsible 
for :  each  tuft 
contains  more 
than  a  dozen 
feathers.  Ka- 
mehameha   I 
SMAIJ,  KAHILIS.  strictly   tor- 


bade  the  killing  of  the  feather  producers.  The  arrangement  of 
feathers  on  neck  or  head  bands  (lei),  on  kahili,  on  the  capes  and 
cloaks  (ahuula),  on  helmets  (mahiole),  or  on  the  wicker  gods 
(Kukailimoku,  No.  7855,  c.  16),  was  a  favorite  occupation  of  noble 
women.  Feathers  for  a  lei  were  strung  on  fibre  of  olona  (  Touchardia 
lati ; folia]  of  which  the  preparation  is  shown  in  c.  25,  H.,  and  the 
cloaks  were  made  of  a  net  of  this  olona  (Nos.  2840,  2841,  c.  8)  to 
which  feathers  were  carefully  attached.  In  the  large  kahili  the 
feathers  were  bound  to  stems  of  various  kinds,  and  clusters  of  these 
were  bound  to  the  main  pole  or  handle.  When  not  in  active  use 
all  feather  ornaments  were  packed  in  calabashes  (No.  oo,  c.  9,  and 
others  in  c.  7,  H.). 

Kahili,  meaning  a  plaited  or  twisted  thing,  also  a  broom,  seems 
to  have  been  originally  like  a  fly-flap,  and  later  to  have  attained 
the  huge  dimensions  affected  by  the  kings  and  high  chiefs.  The 
Rev.  C.  F.  Stewart  saw,  in  the  early  days  of  Kamehameha  II,  some 
with  poles  near  thirty  feet  high,  the  hulumanu  or  feathered  portion 
forming  cylinders  15  to  18  inches  in  diameter,  and  12  to  14  feet 
long;  but  the  largest  hulumanu  in  this  Museum  is  2.5  feet  in 
diameter  and  4  feet  high,  while  the  poles  are  often  15  to  18  feet 
long.  These  sticks  were  sometimes  made  of  a  kauila  wood  spear 
(Nos.  2,  4,  1 1 ),  or  of  disks  of  tortoise  shell  strung  on  a  central  rod, 
and  sometimes  alternating  with  cylinders  of  whale  ivory  or  human 
bone.  Two  specimens  of  the  ^second  kind  of  handle,  begun  by 
the  high  chief  Paki  but  never  finished,  may  be  seen  in  c.  8.  In 
more  modern  times  ashwood  handles  and  those  of  inlaid  native 
woods  turned  and  polished  have  been  generally  used.  Formerly 
the  base  of  the  hulumanu  was  an  inverted  cone  of  feathers,  and 
silks  and  ribbons  shown  on  so  many  specimens  are  due  to  a  per- 
verted taste  for  foreign  things.  In  the  present  series  the  oldest 
dates  from  the  reign  of  Kamehameha  I ;  others  have  been  used  at 


all  the  funerals  of  his  descendants  of  royal  rank.  Note  especially: 
No.  9  inc.  6,  which  has  a  peculiar 
metal  pole  and  was  given  by  half- 
castes  to  the  young  Prince  of 
Hawaii.  No.  21,  c.  8,  made  of 
pure  white  feathers  for  Mrs. 
Bishop's  funeral,  and  No.  15, 
c.  7,  a  similar  but  smaller  one 
made  by  Liliuokalani  for  the 
same  occasion.  No.  24,  c.  9,  is 
interesting  from  the  handle  of 
tortoise  shell  and  human  bone 
where  portions  of  the  arm  and 
leg  bones  of  some  of  Hawaii's 
most  distinguished  kings  and 
chiefs  are  preserved.  The  kumu 
or  principal  bone  is  the  right 
shin-bone  of  Kaneoneo,  a  noted 
chief  of  Kauai  who  fell  in  the 
battle  of  Nuuanu  (1795).  Kai- 
ana,  a  chief  who  visited  China 
with  Captain  Meares,  and  Ka- 
lanikupule,  King  of  Oahu,  were 
also  victims  of  this  battle,  and 
their  bodies  were  sacrificed  to  the 
victorious  Kamehameha's  war- 
god  Kukailimoku  (  No.  7855, 
c.  16) ,  and  their  bones  honor  the 
handle.  Every  bit  of  bone  rep-  FH;.  ».  KAHILI  UK  snail  TANK. 

resents  a  different  chief,  and  old 
natives  forty  years  ago  could  tell  every  name,  but  they  are  lost  now. 


No.  1 17  is  a  similar  handle,  and  there  are  others  in  existence.  This 
use  of  human  bones  was  considered  honorable,  while  to  use  parts 
of  the  human  framework  for  fish  hooks,  spear  points,  or  to  inlay 
spittoons  was  a  deep  injury  to  the  dead,  and  examples  of  such  base 
use  will  be  noticed  in  c.  30,  H.G.  The  four  kahili  on  the  corners 
of  the  central  case  ( 16)  are  of  feathers  dyed  red,  and  are  noteworthy 
as  used  at  the  funeral  of  Fannie,  the  daughter  of  John  Young,  and 
they  were  also  placed  about  the  coffin  of  her  daughter,  Queen 
Emma  while  in  state  in  Kawaiahao  church.  The  smaller  kahili 
are  used  both  as  insignia  of  chieftainship  and  more  practically  as 
flyflaps  (Fig.  8). 

Lei.  Of  the  feather  lei  in  the  collection  the  most  valuable  are: 
No.  2800,  c.  17,  of  mamo,  a  bird  nearly  extinct,  and  composed 
from  three  ancient  lei  of  the  Kamehameha  family.  No.  2801,  a 
fine  oo  lei  from  the  Hawaiian  Government  collection.  Other  lei 
are  in  cc.  19—22,  and  many  kahili  and  lei,  loaned  to  the  Museum, 
are  in  c.  16 :  in  this  case  also  is  the  finest  helmet  or  mahiole  in 
existence,  at  one  time  the  property  of  Kaumualii,  the  last  king  of 
Kauai,  who  gave  it  to  Rev.  Samuel  Whitney,  one  of  the  pioneer 
American  missionaries ;  and  after  the  death  of  his  widow  it  was 
purchased  by  Mr.  Bishop  and  given  to  the  Government,  and  came 
to  this  Museum  with  the  other  material  of  the  Government  museum. 
Another  helmet  in  the  same  case  is  from  Vancouver's  collection  ( Fig. 
10),  given  in  exchange  by  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum. 

Ahuula.  By  far  the  most  precious  product  of  Hawaiian  feather 
work  in  this  or  any  other  Museum  is  the  famous  robe  of  Kameha- 
meha I  in  case  4.  It  is  entirely  of  mamo  feathers,  except  a  narrow 
band  at  the  neck,  and  the  gathering  of  the  feathers  lasted  a  hun- 
dred years,  while  its  cost  has  been  estimated  as  high  as  a  million 
dollars.  In  case  5  is  the  cloak  of  Kiwalao,  made  of  oo  and  iiwi, 
and  the  richness  of  color  in  the  mamo  cloak  is  well  shown  bv 


—  15 

contrast  with  the  more  common  oo.  Since  the  days  of  Liholiho 
these  two  cloaks 
have  not  been 
worn,  but  on 
state  occasions 
have  been  placed 
over  the  thrones. 
On  the  opposite 
side  of  the  room 
(  cc.  11-12  ) 
hangs  the  pa'/e 
or  native  dress 
of  Nahienaena, 
sister  of  Ka- 
mehameha  III. 
\V  hen  Byron 
brought  the  re- 
mains of  Liho- 
liho and  Kama- 
malu  home  to 
Hawaii,  in  the 
entertainments 
given  the  dis- 
tinguished visi- 
tors the  Princess 
was  urged  to  put 
on  this  pa'u 
which  was  the 

female     equiva-  FIC.  in.    VAM  urvKH  HELMUT. 

lent  of  the  ahuula  described,  but  this  girl  of  thirteen  long  refused 
to  put  on  anything  so  old-fashioned,  and  when  she  yielded  she  must 


have  been  nearly  concealed  in  its  voluminous  coils.  At  some  period 
unknown  to  the  writer  this  feathered  strip  was  cut  in  halves  and 
sewed  together  lengthwise  to  be  used  as  a  pall  on  the  bier  of  Kameha- 
meha  III  in  1855.  It  has  covered  the  coffins  of  the  succeeding  mon- 
archs,  including  Kalakaua.  Of  the  three  cloaks  in  the  same  case, 
that  on  the  left  belonged  to  Kalanikauikalaneo,  and  was  afterwards 
the  property  of  Kanaina,  the  father  of  King  Lunalilo ;  of  the  other 
two  cloaks  the  ancient  history  is  unknown. 

In  case  6  are  feather  ornaments  from  New  Guinea  placed  here 
as  showing  the  richer  feathers  and  less  artificial  ordering  of  the 
western  Pacific  islanders.  In  case  9  is  a  Maori  cloak  of  kiwi 
feathers. 

Next  in  value  to  the  feather  work  (of  which  a  fuller  illustrated 
description  may  be  found  in  Vol.  I  of  the  Museum  Memoirs)  came 
t'le  fine  mats  of  the  grass  called  makaloa  ( Cypcrns  Icevigatus*) ,  a 
manufacture  fast  passing  away,  and  the  middle  classes  who  could 
not  attain  to  the  feather  garments  treasured  these  mats  as  no  in- 
considerable part  of  their  wealth.  The  finest  of  these  known  be- 
longed to  Kamehameha  I,  and  was  of  great  size,  unfigured,  but  very 
carefully  woven  (case  9,  No.  2588,  10.5X20  ft.).  The  largest  in 
this  Museum  hangs  in  case  2-3  (No.  2574,  14.5X30.5  ft.).  The 
makaloa  mats  were  made  mostly  on  Niihau,  although  the  makaloa 
grows  on  Oahu  and  other  islands  as  well,  and  those  with  colored 
patterns,  niociia  pawehe,  were  seldom,  if  ever,  made  elsewhere. 
The  fine  mats  can  only  be  plaited  while  the  sedge  is  young,  hence 
the  time  of  working  is  limited  to  a  few  months  each  year,  and  it  is 
certain  that  the  largest  mats  in  this  collection  must  have  been  in 
the  makers'  hands  seven  to  ten  years.  The  red  portion  is  from  the 
lower  stem  and  does  not  show  on  the  reverse.  These  mats  are  still 
made,  but  the  old  makers  are  fast  dying  out  and  the  younger  gen- 
eration of  females  does  not  take  kindly  to  such  continuous  work. 


The  most  used  mats  were  made  of  hala  (Pandainis  odoratissi- 
ni its}  of  which  the  leaves  are 
carefully  selected,  scraped 
and  split  into  strips  of  suit- 
able width  which  are  dried 
in  the  shade  for  the  lighter 
tints,  and  in  the  full  sun- 
light for  the  tanned  effe<5ls, 
then  rolled  up  and  kept  for 
the  weaver.  The  width  of 
the  strip  varies  from  1.2  in. 
for  the  coarse  floor  mats  to 
0.2  in.  for  those  placed  on 
the  top  of  the  bed  or  liikicc 
(see  the  furnishings  of  the 
grass  house  in  H.).  Hala 
mats  were  used  for  tables 
(No.  2553,  c.  15),  also  for 
canoe  sails.  These  hala 
mats  are  still  made  and 
used,  but  the  Pandanus 
tree  is  far  less  common  than 
formerly  on  these  Islands. 
In  cc.  22-23  H.  may  be 
seen  the  patterns  of  weave 
and  also  the  partly  made 
mats.  A  fuller  account  of 
both  Mats  and  Baskets 

will  be  found  in  Vol.  II  of  "«•  "•    FEATHKK  CAPES  ANM.  I.KI.  | 

the  Museum  Memoirs.    A  full  series  of  both  makaloa  and  hala  mats 
is  shown  in  this  room  and  in  cc.  2-3  are  the  fine  pandanus  mats  of 


the  Marshall  Islanders  (Fig.  12).  The  decorative  borders  are  of 
hau  strips.  The  smaller  are  used  as  dress.  Mats  of  akaakai 
(Scirpus  laciish'is,  Nos.  2584,  2585,  c.  9)  are  coarse  and  not  so  dur- 
able as  those  of  makaloa. 

The  Coat  of  Anns  above  c.  8  was  formerly  011  the  front  gate  of 
the  Palace  wall,  and  the  wooden  unieke  on  the  tripod  above  this 
was  formerly  the  property  of  the  high  chief  Paki.  With  a  few 
exceptions  the  kapa  formerly  in  this  room  are  in  cc.  18  and  20  H. 
The  Hawaiian  birds  formerly  in  c.  16  are  in  various  cases  HG. 

Polynesian  Hall. — From  the  first  landing  on  the  stairway 
entrance  is  had  to  the  Hall  devoted  to  the  non-Hawaiian  collections. 
The  Hall  measures  42.7X65.5  ft.  and  was  the  first  addition  to  the 
original  building.  The  central  cases  have  been  built  since  the  illus- 
tration (Fig.  13)  was  made.  The  floor  is  devoted  to  the  ethnology 
of  the  Polynesian  groups  and,  until  another  hall  can  be  added,  of 
the  Papuan  and  Micronesian  as  well.  The  gallery  contains  the 
collection  of  shells,  corals,  birds,  and  general  Natural  History  of 
the  Pacific.  On  the  farther  wall  of  the  gallery  is  the  large  chart  of 
the  region  from  which  the  collections  of  this  Museum  come.  It  has 
been  prepared  with  considerable  care,  and  to  facilitate  its  use  an 
Index  has  been  published  in  the  Museum  Memoirs,  Vol.  I.  The 
cases  on  the  first  floor  contain  usually  the  implements  of  but  one 
group,  although  the  central  cases  are  an  exception,  as  the  first  con- 
tains general  Micronesian  matters,  while  the  second  is  filled  with 
models  of  canoes.  The  groups  will  be  described  in  order,  beginning 
with  that  most  distant  from  our  centre. 

New  Zealand. — The  extreme  group  of  Polynesia  on  the  south- 
west was  discovered  by  Tasman  in  1642,  but  as  the  natives  killed 
four  of  his  crew  when  a  landing  was  attempted  he  passed  on  by  the 
northern  end  without  farther  attempts  to  explore.  Cook  in  1769 


reached  the  group  and  took  formal  possession  for  George  III.  He 
spent  nearly  a  year  in  this  region  and  gave  the  first  sufficient  in- 
formation of  the  Maori.  This  race,  according  to  their  traditions, 
came  here  from  Hawaiki  in  the  fifteenth  century,  but  there  have 
been  at  least  two  distinct  immigrations,  probably  of  the  same  or  an 
allied  tribe.  When  first  discovered  they  were  cannibals  and  very 
fierce.  No  other  Polynesian  tribe  has  given  such  determined  re- 
sistance to  the  incoming  whites.  The  wisdom  of  the  British  Gov- 
ernment segregated  the  conquered  Maori  in  the  "King  Country," 
and  they  have  been  measurably  saved  from  the  fatal  effect  of  social 
intercourse  with  a  superior  race.  The  Maori  is  still  manly  and 
vigorous. 

New  Zealand  is  nearly  the  antipodes  of  Great  Britain,  and  the 
area  nearly  equals  that  of  the  British  islands.  The  flora  comprises 
about  one  thousand  species  of  flowering  plants,  and  the  timber  trees 
are  abundant  and  valuable,  more  so  than  on  any  other  group.  The 
fauna  is  peculiar  in  the  presence  of  the  wingless  birds,  both  living 
(khvi)  and  extinct  (moa),  c.  32.  There  are  no  snakes,  and  a  dog 
introduced  by  the  Maori  immigrants  is  now  extinct. 

The  Maori  were  in  full  bondage  to  the  tapu  (kapu)  system, 
but  they  had  no  temples  like  the  heiau  or  morai  of  the  eastern  Poly- 
nesians, and  the  idols  were  few  and  insignificant.  The  dead  were 
exposed  on  platforms  until  reduced  to  bones,  which  were  then  hid- 
den in  caves.  The  heads  of  enemies  were  dried  and  smoked  for 
preservation  as  trophies.  Lands  were  held  by  the  tribe  and  portions 
were  cultivated,  the  kumara  or  sweet  potato  being  the  principal 
crop.  In  cultivating  this  they  use  the  curious  ko  or  digging  stick 
(No.  1473,  c.  2-3,  is  12  ft.  long;  the  projecting  foot  rest  can  be 
adjusted)  and  to  propitiate  Ihenga,  god  of  the  kumara,  a  slave 
was  killed  and  his  blood  poured  over  the  image,  No.  1521,  c.  2. 

HANDBOOK  B.  P.  B.  M.— 2. 


Maori  manufactures  were  creditable  and  their  carvings  are  famous. 

A  love  of  ornament  is 
shown  on  all  their  work, 
even  their  fire  -  sticks, 
No.  1478,  c.  5.  Their 
frequent  wars  gave  them 
much  experience,  espe- 
cially in  the  defensive 
arts,  and  many  of  their 
pa  or  fortified  villages 
would  be  creditable  to  a 
more  civilized  people. 
The  coolness  and  moist- 
ure of  the  climate  caused 
the  substitution  of  gar- 
ments of  flax  (Phormi- 
ti in)  for  the  Polynesian 
bark-cloth,  and  the  tem- 
perature made  clothing 
more  necessary  than  on 
most  of  the  other  Pacific 
groups.  Case  26,  in  the 
passageway,  contains  a 
number  of  capes  of  this 
material  worn  by  both 
sexes  ;  while  in  c.  23  are 
more  elaborate  speci- 
mens of  cloaks  worn  by 

FIG.  12.     MARSHALL  ISLANDS  MATS.  v  •     ,          TTTUM     T>    1 

chiefs.    While  Polynesia 
had  no  loom  the  Maori  came  near  it  in  the  rude  appliances  for  hold- 


— 18  — 


FIG.  13.     POLYNESIAN  HALL,  SEEN  FROM  THK  (iALLERY  AT  THE  KXTRANVE  END. 


ing  the  web  of  the  webster ;  two  of  the  carved  pegs  used  for  this 
are  in  c.  5.  Many  of  the  capes  were  waterproof,  resembling  a 
thatched  roof. 

Entering  the  hall  and  turning  to  the  right,  large  carved  planks 
are  seen  in  c.  i  :  these  were  formerly  in  the  council  house  (li'hair- 
knra}  in  the  pa  at  Maketu,  destroyed  by  the  British.  The  houses 
of  the  commoners  were  frail  sheds  destitute  of  architectural  adorn- 
ment, while  the  dwellings  of  the  chiefs  and  public  buildings  were 
more  substantial  and  much  decorated  with  carving.  The  gable 
ends  of  two  pataka  or  store  houses  are  on  either  side  of  the 
stairway  in  E.  Near  by  are  the  koritru  or  figures  for  the  peak  of 
the  gable,  and  in  the  passageway  is  another  form ;  but  the  most 
striking  is  in  c.  4,  shown  in  Fig.  14.  This  last  is  also  a  good  ex- 
ample of  the  moko  or  line  carving  on  the  human  face,  once  the  pride 
of  Maori  chiefs.  The  carved  figures  in  c.  i  stood  at  intervals  around 
the  interior,  the  spaces  between  being  closed  by  matting.  The  kompc 
or  pare,  a  carved  lintel,  was  found  in  important  buildings,  and  a 
-fine  example  is  seen  in  c.  2  (Fig.  15).  The  posts  supporting  such 
lintels  were  also  carved  with  care,  and  not  infrequently  were  of  a 
nature  obscene  to  a  European  eye,  although  not  necessarily  so  to 
a  Polynesian.  The  beautiiul  spirals  (pitau)  in  No.  1416  are  char- 
acteristic of  Maori  art  and  are  often  repeated  on  the  prows  of  war 
canoes.  The  roof  of  all  houses  was  thatched ;  the  rafters  often 
decorated  in  color  designs. 

Those  interested  in  the  subject  should  consult  Hamilton's 
Maori  Art,  published  by  the  New  Zealand  Institute.  Note  also 
the  exquisite  carved  paddle,  No.  1343,  in  c.  4,  and  the  carved  adze 
handle,  No.  1477,  in  the  same  case.  Here  too  are  several  prows  of 
war  canoes  called  fete  or  tanihtt;  one  is  shown  in  Fig.  16.  No.  1424 
was  carved  by  Tamati  Raru,  father  of  the  chief  Teira  Manaku  of 
Waitara;  the  cajjoe  /prmerly  made  trips  in  Cook's  Strait  between 


19- 

Waitara  and  Otaki ;    painted  with  kokowai  or  native  red  ochre. 

No.  1426,  tete  of  a  war  canoe  ;  note  the 
tongue  thrust  out  in  defiance.  No.  1425, 
tete  of  a  small  canoe  formerly  used  on 
Lakes  Rotuma  and  Rotoehu  to  carry  the 
dead ,  hence  considered  very  sacred.  No. 

1429,  rapa  or  stern  of  a  war  canoe  from 
Kaituna   River.     No.   1428,  the  carved 
seat  or  tainnanu   of   an   Arawa  canoe. 
No.    1472,   fata    or   canoe  -  bailer.     No. 

1430,  ranaii'a   or  side -piece   of  a  war 
canoe,  c.  2.     The  sails  of  a  Maori  canoe 
were  usually  made  of  raupo,  a  kind  of 
rush.    The  paddles  are  narrow,  pointed 
and  have  a  bend  between  the  blade  and 
loom ;    examples  are  on  the  ceiling  be- 
tween cc.  3  and  4.     A  fine  carved  and 
inlaid  urunga  or  steering  paddle  is  on 
the  pier  between  cc.  7-8.     No.  1422  is 
a  pakahokalio  or  skirting  board  from  a 
pataka  at  Maketu. 

In  c.  2  are  some  of  the  weapons,  and 
among  these  the  tcwhateu'ha  (Fig.  17), 
an  axe-like  club,  No.  1443,  was  used  in 
the  battle  of  Ranganui,  at  Gata  Pa  and 
in  Hone  Heka's  war.  No.  1444  is  a  bone 
tewhatewha  from  NGutimara,  and  was 
long  buried  in  the  grave  of  its  former 
owner.  Another  weapon  made  of  stone, 
bone  or  wood  was  the  patu  or  hand  club  ; 
a  form  like  a  fiddle,  No.  1454,  c.  2,  was  also  called  kotiati '  —  liver 


FIG.  14.    KOKUUIT  FROM   MAORI 
BOUSE. 


2O 

cutter  (Fig.  18).    Another  club,  not  very  different,  was  called  mere.  Among  the  most  valued,  next  to  the  mere,  was  the  heitiki,  a  figure 

An  example  of  this  is  shown  in  the  same  case  (Fig.  18),  No.  1458,  shown  in  No.  1540,  c.  3.    This  particular  one  was  called  whakarewa 

the  tribal  mere  of  the  Taranaki  tribe.    The  last  holder  was  the  well  (to  exalt,  to  set  up  on  high)  and  belonged  to  the  ancestor  of  Rangi- 


FIG.  15.     KOKUI'E  OH   I.IXTKI.  OF  A   MAOKI   IIOO1MVAY. 


known  Ropata  NGarongomaka,  whose  parents  represented  the  high- 
est rank  of  NGatiawa  and  Taranaki.  In  c.  3  is  a  mere  of  fine  jade 
of  great  value.  Like  the  Chinese  the  Maori  attached  great  value  to 
this  beautiful  stone  and  believed  that  it  warded  off  evil  influences. 
Although  it  is  very  hard,  patience  fashioned  it  into  various  forms, 


hewea,  a  chief  of  the  Tohurangi  section  of  the  great  Arawa  tribe. 
It  is  frequently  mentioned  in  their  songs  and  traditions.  Its  isnad,  as 
the  Muslim  would  term  it,  is  this  :  about  seventy  years  ago  it  was  in 
the  possession  of  NGauraukawa  at  Otaki,  from  whom  it  went  to 
Mokua,  thence  to  NGatiahua  in  Wajkato,  thence  to  Rotuma  as  a 


—  21  — 


dowry  for  the  wife  of  Tiapo,  to  Waiatua,  the  great  tohunga  or  priest 
of  the  NGati  Whatua  tribe,  from  a  descendant  of  whom  it  was  ob- 
tained for  this  collection. 

In  c.  3  are  also  a  kapu  or  mussel  dredge  made  of  carved  bar 
with  teeth  and  a  net  of  raupo  or  bulrush.  A  collar,  No.  1519,  of 
dog  skin  highly  valued  formerly.  Ball,  decorated  with  dog  hair, 
used  in  the  game  of  pot.  No.  1533,  tatuing  tools;  the  iron  for  mark- 


baskets  are  in  c.  5 


FIG.  16.     TKTE  OF  MAORI  CANOE. 

ing  the  pattern,  the  bone  for  finishing.  Ear  ornament  of  the  tooth 
of  the  tiger  shark,  a  powerful  amulet.  Whale  tooth  ear  ornament. 
Kit  or  kete  of  flax  decorated  with  a  tribal  tatu  pattern.  Haihotaka 
or  carved  whipping-top.  No.  1436  is  a  taiaha  or  staff  of  a  Maori 
chief ;  others  of  bone  or  wood  are  with  this.  In  c.  5  are  several 
kumete,  the  Hawaiian  umeke;  No.  1525  is  not  less  than  200  years 
old,  and  was  used  for  feathers  and  dog  hair  necklaces.  In  the  cor- 
ner, between  cc.  1-2,  is  No.  1516,  ipuhuahua  or  calabash,  in  which 
pigeons  were  preserved  in  fat,  a  favorite  food  of  the  Maori.  Fish 


and  a  large  fish  or  eel  trap  of  fern  stems  is  on  top 

c.  32.    A  choice  collection  of 

implements  of  the  Moriori, 
the  predecessors  of  the  Maori, 
now  all  but  extinct,  is  tem- 
porarily in  c.  15. 

The  work  of  the  ancient 
Maori  has  been  distributed 
through  the  museums  of  the 
world,  and  so  little  is  left  in 
the  land  of  its  origin  that  the 
New  Zealand  government  has 
prohibited  the  exportation  of 
old  native  work .  The  museum 
at  Auckland  has  the  only  re- 
maining old  war  canoe,  a  mag- 
nificent specimen ;  and  there 
also  are  many  other  fine  relics. 
The  government  museum  at 
Wellington  also  has  many 
good  things,  but  the  Chris- 
tianized Maori  has  only  made 
commonplace  work,  and  the 
ancient  Maori  art  has  passed. 


Southeastern  Polyne- 
sia.— The  greater  part  of  this 
region  consists  of  low  coral 
islets  covered  with  coco  palms 

FIG.  17.     TEWHATEWHA  OR  BATTLE  AXES.  ,  j    j  t.  t  A 

and  surrounded  by  reefs,  and 
on  all  this  portion  life  is  uniform,  and  there  is  little  in  the  habits  or 


•  22- 


manufactures  to  distinguish  one  tribe  from  another.  Another  por- 
tion, and  this  the  more  im- 
portant if  smaller  in  extent, 
comprises  the  high  volcanic 
islands  of  the  Society,  Mar- 
quesan,  Tougan  groups  and 
detached  islands,  as  Niue, 
Rapanui,  etc.  On  all  these 
the  inhabitants  are  rapidly 
dwindling  and  their  work 
belongs  to  past  generations . 

It  is,   in  nearly  all  cases,  

superior    to    that    of    the  ^Hk 

peoples  inhabiting  the  low 
archipelagoes. 

Society  Islands.— In 

the  rapid  conversion  to 
Christianity,  as  they  under- 
stood it,  most  of  the  idols 
were  consumed,  and  with 
them  the  choice  feather 
work  which  was  part  of  the 
paraphernalia  of  the  an- 
cient cult.  From  the  frag- 
ments left  in  the  British 
Museum  we  gather  that 
the  idols  were  curiously 
carved  and  the  variety  con- 
siderable. Case  6  contains 
although  a  few  spears  of  fine  workmanship  are  on  the  outside  of 


cc.  9  and  10.  The  poi  pounders,  Nos.  7972-73,  are  distinguished 
by  the  peculiar  handle  (Fig.  19).  Stone  adzes  were  well  made  and 
of  distinct  form.  The  strings  of  land  shells  (Partiila  bclla  and  ffcli- 
cina  albinea,  Helix  sp.)  are  of  modern  make  but  copies  of  ancient 
forms.  Coconuts  were  often  polished  and  served  as  water  bottles,  No. 
7470.  Fans  made  of  the  stem  of  the  arrowroot  show  much  beauty 
of  design,  but  also  the  modern  influence  of  the  French  mission  ; 
when  fresh  they  are  silvery  white,  but  soon  show  the  effect  of  light. 
Tahiti,  the  principal  island  and  the  seat  of  the  French  government, 
rises  in  the  peak  Orohena  to  7329  ft.;  the  greatest  length  is  33  miles 
NW-SE. ;  the  centre  is  in  Lat.  17°  38'  30"  S.,  Long.  149°  30'  W. 


Population,  in  1885,  4000.     The 


FIG.  18.     PATU  AND  MERE. 

most   that   this   Museum    possesses, 


Hervey  Group. — Mangaia,  the  principal  island  of  this  group, 
is  in  Lat.  21°  57'  S.,  Long.  151°  07'  W.;  is  20  miles  in  circumference, 
and  rises  300  ft.  above  the  sea. 
fine  carvings  are  to  be  seen  in 
all  museums,  and  are  especially 
well  shown  on  the    ceremonial 
adze,   No.  5939,  c.  6.     Paddles 
(Fig.  20)   and  food  scoops,   on 
which  attendants  presented  food 
to  high  chiefs,  are  in  c.  6.     In 
old  times  these  beautiful  carv- 
ings were  done  with  shark  teeth. 
In  this  case  is  also  a  carved  seat,       FIG  19.   TAHITIAN  POI  POUNDERS. 
nohoranga,  No.  5993,  from  Anaa 

of  the  Paumotu  Archipelago.  Tahitian  seats  were  similar,  but 
with  a  curved  top  and  lighter  design.  The  manufacture  of  these 
seats  seems  never  to  have  been  extensive,  if  we  may  judge  by  the 
few  specimens  in  the  museums  of  the  world,  and  it  ceased  long 
ago  in  Tahiti. 


Austral  Islands. — Rurutu,  discovered  by  Cook  in  1769,  is 
1300  ft.  high.    The  curi-  ^^^^^^^^^— 

ous  poi  pounders,  No. 
608 1 ,  c .  7 ,  made  of  coarse 
coral,  are  distinct.  Many 
adzes  are  in  c.  7. 

Rapanui  or  Easter 
Island  is  in  L,at.  27° 
o8'S.,  Long.  109°  25' W. 
The  inhabitants  are 
Polynesian  from  Rapa. 
In  c.  7  are  many  of  the 
curiously  carved  wooden 
images,  both  male  and 
female.  The  emaciated 
long-eared  form  is  sup- 
posed to  represent  the 
starved  crew  of  a  canoe 
drifted  on  shore.  No. 
5050  is  a  good  specimen. 
A  crooked  branch  has 
been  utilized  for  an  im-- 
age  of  the  sea  eel,  No. 
5042.  Obsidian  is  used 
for  cutting  purposes, 
dagger  and  spear  heads, 
but  is  more  rudely  FIG.  20.  CEREMONIAL  PADDLES. 

chipped  than  the  Mexican  knives  of  the  same  material.  Casts  of 
the  hieroglyphs  carved  on  wood  from  the  originals  in  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum,  No.  6221 .  This  language  has  not  yet  been  very 


satisfactorily  interpreted.     Wreaths  of  cock's  feathers,  No.  5448, 

were  used  for  head  decoration . 

Marquesas.  —  In  cc.  8-9 

are  many  specimens  from  the 
group  discovered  by  Mendana 
in  1595.  This  consists  of 
eleven  high  islands  of  vol- 
canic origin,  some  rising  to 
over  4000  ft.  When  discov- 
ered the  inhabitants  were  sup- 
posed to  number  75,000,  but 
they  now  count  less  than 
3500.  They  were  of  beautiful 
form,  finely  tatued  and  skilful 
in  their  manufactures.  Can- 
nibals of  unchecked  appetite, 
and  warlike  to  an  extent  near- 
ly equalling  the  Maori.  Their 
tatuing  patterns  surpassed  the 
New  Zealander,  and  this  Mu- 
seum has  a  good  collection  of 
patterns  soon  to  be  published  ; 
others  may  be  seen  on  the 
wooden  legs  of  No.  8682. 
Similar  patterns  are  carved  on 
paddles,  No.  5918  ;  on  bowls, 
FIG.  21.  MAiiyrusAX  nur.Ms.  No.  5989;  and  on  idols.  Of 

the  war  implements  the  clubs,  Nos.  7905-8604,  are  the  most  beau- 
tiful found  in  the  Pacific.  The  beautiful  polished  paddle  on  the  out- 
side of  c.  9,  No.  5656,  is  of  very  heavy  wood,  and  similar  ones  often 


—  24  — 


served  as  clubs.  A  war  trumpet  of  kou  wood  with  a  bambu  mouth- 
piece, No.  8003,  gives  a  clear  loud  sound,  as  does  also  the  ancient 
trumpet  of  triton  shell,  No.  6109.  In  c.  8  are  the  large  round  bowl, 
36.7  in.  in  diameter,  No.  6149,  and  the  long  dish,  No.  6100  ;  here  too 
is  an  Awa  dish.  No.  6158,  and  a  wooden  seat  used  in  coconut  husk- 
ing, No.  6156.  The  crowns, 
Nos.  8011-12,  are  of  tortoise 
shell  elaborately  carved,  alter- 
nating with  white  shell ;  the 
band  was  originally  orna- 
mented with  bone  carvings, 
but  the  desire  for  something 
foreign  caused  the  pitiful  sub- 
stitution of  the  trade  buttons! 
Note  the  stone  axe  head,  No. 
6138,  like  the  European  form. 
In  c.  9  are  the  following: 
Staff  of  a  chief,  with  a  tuft  of 
human  hair  at  the  top,  No. 
8692.  Various  bunches  of 
human  hair  used  for  decora- 
tion much  as  the  scalps  of  the 
Amerind.  Ear  ornaments, 
Nos.  8019-20,  neatly  carved 

from  human  bone,  the  relics  of  a  cannibal  feast.  A  coconut  food 
dish  ornamented  with  human  bones,  No.  8031.  Drums  (Fig.  21), 
in  one  of  which  an  ox  hide  head  has  replaced  the  earlier  shark  skin. 
Stilt  rests,  carved,  which,  when  in  use,  were  bound  to  a  stout  pole. 
Poi  pounders,  of  which  the  head  was  generally  ornamented  to  some 
extent  (Fig.  22).  Idols  were  often  of  stone  and  of  large  size.  In 
this  case  are  a  wooden  idol,  No.  5638 ;  one  of  wood  covered  with 


FIG.  •£>.     MAIUJI'ESAN"  POI  POUNDERS. 


painted  kapa,  No.  7768  ;  a  stone  idol  worn  around  the  priest's  neck, 
No.  5639 ;  a  twin  stone  idol,  No.  7446.  The  canoes  of  the  Mar- 
quesans  were  well  made  and  ornamented  with  feathers,  kapa  and 
carving,  as  shown  in  the  model  in  c.  9,  and  in  the  case  of  canoe 
models  (A).  The  paddles  are  of  peculiar  pattern,  with  knobs  to 

push  against  the  coral  reefs, 
No.  5918.  One  similar  to 
this  is  found  at  Mangareva, 
No.  6034,  c.  7. 

Niue  or  Savage  Island 

is  represented  in  c.  9.  The 
wooden  bucket,  No.  2038,  is 
well  made  but  may  be  an 
imitation,  in  form,  of  a  for- 
eign bucket.  The  Curved 
club,  No.  2040,  is  allied  to  a 
similar  weapon  of  the  Solo- 
mon Islanders.  The  staff,  No. 
2054,  a  small  model  of  which 
is  used  as  a  dance  wand,  has 
a  more  native  character. 
Mats  of  paudanus  were  fre- 
quently decorated  with  figures 

in  red,  No.  3240.  The  beautiful  orange  shell  (Helitina  brazieri} 
was  a  favorite  in  making  necklaces  and  other  decorations.  The 
sword  armed  with  shark  teeth,  No.  2051,  was  an  effective  weapon 
on  the  naked  antagonist.  Canoes  of  the  Niue  Islanders  resembled 
those  of  Samoa,  and  were  frequently  decorated  with  ovulum  shells. 
A  spear,  No.  961,  whose  curious  horned  extremity  (Fig.  23)  was 
intended  to  entangle  the  bushy  hair  of  an  enemy,  is  on  the  column 


—  25  — 


near  the  entrance  to  this  hall .  Slingstones  of  stalactite  were  thrown 
from  the  hand,  No.  2027.  A  form  of  staff  which  could  be  used  as 
a  spear  is  on  the  ceiling  of  this  alcove.  The  nose-flute  of  bambu, 
No.  2036,  was  also  found  on  Niue. 

Tonga. — While  the  clubs  of  Tonga  closely  resemble  those  of 
Samoa,  they  are  usually  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  a  small 
conventional  human  figure.  A  wooden  pillow  of  curved  form,  made 
of  breadfruit  wood,  No.  5698  (Fig.  24),  is  peculiar  to  this  group, 
and  is  admirably  adapted  to  keeping  the  person  sleeping  upon  it  in 
his  proper  place  on  the  common  mat. 
A  comb,  often  of  one  piece  of  wood,  and 
sometimes  decorated  with  shells,  No. 
3482,  was  generally  used.  Mats  of  pan- 
danus,  often  fine,  were  generally  fringed. 
Baskets  of  fine  weave  were  decorated 
with  shells.  Tongan  drums  were  tall, 
cylindrical,  and  better  carved  than  any  in 
the  Pacific.  Aprons  of  small  bird  bones 
strung  on  fibre  were  once  in  fashion. 

Samoan  Group.  —  This  group, 
which  was  partitioned  between  the  FIG-  -3-  HKAIJ  OK  xirn  WEAPON. 
United  States  and  Germany  in  1900,  consists  of  thirteen  islands; 
but  only  three,  Savaii,  Upolu  and  Tutuila,  are  of  importance.  The 
group  ranges  between  the  parallels  13°  30 '-14°  30'  S.  and  the  meridi- 
ans i68°-i73°  W.  Savaii  covers  700  square  miles,  Upolu  550,  while 
Tutuila  is  much  smaller  and  deeply  indented  by  Pangopango  har- 
bor, the  only  good  one  in  the  group,  as  Apia  on  Upolu  is  merely  an 
open  anchorage  within  the  reef.  All  the  islands,  except  Rosa,  are 
volcanic,  and  vents  have  opened  the  present  year  (1903)  on  Savaii; 


near  Olosenga  there  was  a  submarine  eruption  in  1866.  The  popu- 
lation does  not  exceed  30,000,  and  is  slowly  diminishing.  Physi- 
cally the  Samoans  are  a  fine-looking  race  of  men,  but  are  quarrel- 
some, lazy,  and  lack  perseverance.  Before  the  introduction  of 
Christianity  the  only  clothing  was  good  tatuing  and  an  apron  of 
dracsena  leaves,  a  little  larger  for  the  women  than  for  the  men. 

_^      Kapa   is  made,    but  of  a  poor 

quality  compared  with  that  of 
Hawaii,    and  it  was   usually 
^^^  printed  on  a  form  of  upeti  (Nos. 

^^^^^^^^/^^^  ^k  2I78,  8164).     Mats  were,  how- 

•I  ever,  well  made  both  of  hibiscus 

fibre   and  of   pandanus    (fala ) 

\  leaves.     Samoan    houses    were 

^^  much  better  than  the  Hawaiian, 

usually   round    or    elliptical 


in 


FIG.  24.     TONGAN    l'ILI,O\V. 


plan,  open  all  around,  but  capa- 
ble of  being  closed  at  night  by 
mats  (Model  of  house,  No.  3585,  in  the  Samoan  alcove).  Canoes 
were  made  of  several  patterns,  c.  A,  often  of  planks  sewed  neatly 
together,  and  with  outriggers.  Triangular  sails,  formerly  of  mat- 
ting, but  with  the  base  of  the  triangle  uppermost,  were  used  in  all 
large  canoes.  Stone  or  shell  adzes  were  like  the  ordinary  Poly- 
nesian ones.  Netting  needles  and  the  pump  drill  were  like  those 
of  Hawaii.  As  in  most  Polynesian  assemblies  talk  was  the  princi- 
pal occupation,  but  the  old  men  improved  their  time  during  the 
windy  debates  in  braiding  sennit  from  coconut  fibre.  The  native 
manufactures,  tools  and  weapons  are  perhaps  the  least  interesting 
from  any  large  group  in  the  Pacific. 

On  the  ceiling  between  cc.  10-1 1  are  many  Samoan  war  clubs 
which  show  well  all  the  varieties  (Fig.  25).     Of  these  the  toothed 


—  26  — 


form  with  a  hook  at  the  end, 
used  to  drag  away  the  victims, 
and  well  called  "the  tooth  of 
death,"  is  most  characteristic, 
Nos.  2100,  2102.  The  fan-like 
form  decorated  with  designs  in- 
cised and  filled  with  white  are 
also  to  be  noted.  Specimens  of 
the  carved  spear  (tao)  are  in  both 
cases;  No.  3577  has  been  used 
by  the  Chief  Mauga,  of  Tutuila  ; 
the  carved  points  were  intended 
to  entangle  the  thick  coarse  hair 
of  the  enemy  (Fig.  26). 

Among  the  important  ves- 
sels in  a  Samoan  household  are 
the  tanoa  or  ava  bowls  ( Fig.  27 ) , 
ava  drinking  being  an  important 
ceremony  in  Samoa.  These 
tanoa  are  well  carved,  and  have 
usually  four  legs,  but  sometimes 
as  many  as  a  dozen,  No.  8186. 
A  projection  on  the  under  side 
is  provided  to  hang  up  the  bowl 
when  not  in  use.  The  ava  is 
strained  by  a  wisp  of  hibiscus 
fibre  (to),  No.  2191,  c.  10.  In 
this  connection  should  be  noticed 
the  water  bottle,  No.  3288,  a 
coconut  from  Niufou,  which 
holds  92  oz.(  or  nearly  three 
quarts.  The  cup  or  ipu'ava  is 


FIG.     •>-,.     S  A  MO  AX    WAR  CLUBS. 


shown  in  Nos.  2152-54.  For 
noise  making  the  wooden  gong 
(logo)  is  used,  generally  of  larger 
size,  No.  2143.  Bambu  pillow 
('alt  afi)  may  be  single,  as  No. 
2168,  c.  9,  obtained  from  Assi  of 
Matafagatele,  Upolu  ;  or  double, 
as  No.  2170,  also  from  Upolu. 
Fly-flaps  (fue )  were  used  not 
only  to  drive  away  the  winged 
nuisance,  but  also  to  give  force 
to  the  winged  word,  and  so  were 
used  by  the  tulafele  or  public 
orators;  No.  2158  belonged  to 
Malietoa  ;  No.  2161  belonged  to 
Mataafa,  King  of  Atua,  Upolu. 
No.  2166  is  a  belt  composed  of 
218  braided  strands  of  human 
hair.  Of  ornaments  one  of  the 
most  highly  prized  was  the  asoa 
or  necklace  of  whale's  teeth  and 
human  hair.  No.  2155  was  an 
heirloom  in  the  family  of  Folua, 
a  chief  of  Apia,  Upolu.  No. 
2156  is  made  of  teeth  filed.  An- 
other favorite  Samoan  ornament 
is  seen  in  No.  2195,  c.  10,  a 
frontlet  of  cut  nautilus  shells. 
Tatuing  was  general  and  men 
were  beautifully  decorated  from 
navel  to  knee  with  patterns  of 
symbolic  meaning.  The  tools  for 


this  are  shown  in  c.  10,  No.  2190.  Fans  (Hi)  were  rather  showy 
than  useful,  and  were  often  of  skeleton  form ;  examples  are  shown 
iii  c.  10,  Nos.  2134-67,  3561. 

The  making  of  baskets  (ato)  is  at  present  an  important  indus- 
try, and  the  material  is  fala  or  pandauus ;  Nos.  2172-77,  c.  9,  show 
common  forms.  Sennit  was  used  in  house  and  canoe  building,  and 
was  braided  olpulutane,  the  outer  fibre  of  the  coconut,  by  the  old 
men  at  their  faletelc  or  assembly  house.  Mats  were  made  of  pan- 
danus  as  the  sleeping  mats,  falamoe,  No.  2188,  c.  9;  but  the  most 
prized  were  made  of  hau  (jau )  fibre,  and  used  generally  for  pres- 
ents, and  indeed  as  currency;  these  ie  sina  were  white,  No.  2185, 
c.  9,  or  unbleached,  No.  2186.  For  marking  the  bark  cloth  (siapo) 
a  stamp  (upeti)  of  leaf  and  fibre,  No.  2128,  or  carved  on  wood,  No. 
8168,  was  used.  Specimens  of  siapo  are  on  the  back  of  c.  9.  A  stone 
adze  (to'u),  No.  2181,  is  in  c.  10  ;  also  a  shell  adze,  No.  2183.  No. 
3560  is  a  long  narrow  mat  of  fala  for  the  game  of  lafoga;  the  mat 
is  17.5  ft.  long,  and  on  this  are  tossed  the  tupe  or  round  pieces  of 
coconut  shell.  No.  3558,  c.  A,  is  a  model  of  a  Samoan  canoe  ;  the 
original  is  more  than  100  years  old,  and  was  used  in  1880;  it  is 
kept  at  Manono,  a  small  island  off  Upolu  ;  it  is  about  90  ft.  long, 
and  carries  200-300  warriors  ;  on  board  are  two  old  twelve-pound 
guns,  said  to  have  been  brought  from  Oahu  by  the  Chief  Boki  about 
the  year  1825.  A  Samoan  paddle,  No.  6733,  c.  10,  shows  the  pointed 
form  common  to  most  of  the  southern  islanders. 

Solomon  Islands.  —  The  Solomon  Islands  form  a  double 
chain  of  seven  large  and  many  small  islands  extending  for  more 
than  600  miles  with  nearly  the  trend  of  the  Hawaiian  and  Other 
Pacific  groups.  They  are  situated  between  5°  and  10°  54'  S.  Lat., 
154°  40'  and  162°  30'  E.  Long.  The  larger  islands  are  in  size  be- 
tween Hawaii  and  Maui,  and  like  the  Hawaiian  Islands  are  mostly 


27  — 

volcanic,  although  some  are  calcareous,  and  some  both.    There  are 

_  several  active  as  well 

as  solfateric   craters. 
Both  fauna  and  flora 
are  little  known,  but 
i    appear    Papuan   in 
I    character.     The  na- 
j    tives  are  Papuan,  but 
'    show  traces  of  Mela- 
nesia n,    Polynesian 
and  Malay.    They  are 
of  medium   height, 
generally   well    pro- 
portioned, but  do  not 
have    attractive    fea- 
tures.  Although  can- 
!    nibals  of  pronounced 
type,    excitable    and 
passionate,    they    are 
certainly  amenable  to 
kind   treatment,    and 
make   good    servants 
when  they  find  decent 
masters.    The  scanti- 
est clothing  is  worn, 
but  ornaments  are 
i    much  in  use,  such  as 
bracelets,  anklets, 
nosepins,  etc.    These 

are  often  admirably  made  and  appeal  to  European  taste.     Tatuing 
is  little  practiced,  but  they  dye  the  hair  and  practice  epilation. 


FIG.  2(i.     SAMOAN'  TAO. 


—  28  — 


Their  carvings  are  numerou 
and  good,  and  their  arrows  are 
the  most  elaborate  in  the  Pacific, 
if  not  in  the  world .  Their  canoes 
are  built  with  high  bows  and 
stern,  and  are  usually  of  planks 
sewed  together,  and  without 
outrigger  or  sail.  Their  stone 
adzes  are  well  made,  of  form  very 
different  from  the  Polynesian. 
Very  little  is  known  of  their 
religion  or  social  customs,  and 
some  of  the  islands  have  never 
been  explored.  The  climate  is 
very  debilitating,  owing  to  the 
heat  and  excessive  rainfall.  By 
recent  agreement  between  Ger- 
many and  England  the  latter 
power  now  owns  the  most  im- 
portant part  of  this  group. 

A  good  representative  collec- 
tion of  the  work  of  this  cannibal 
group  is  in  cc.  12-13.  On  the 
ceiling  of  the  hall  are  placed  two 
common  canoes  with  the  sword- 
shaped  paddles.  On  the  oppo- 
site ceiling  is  a  trophy  of  100 
arrows,  all  different.  One  of 
the  elaborate  arrow  heads  is  in 
c.  12,  with  35  points  of  sharpened  bones  of  the  flying  fox  neatly 
bound  to  a  carved  shaft;  another  one  of  carved  bone  is  near  this. 


FIG.  27.     TANOA  OR  AVA  BOWLS. 


In  the  same  case  are  bows  of  a 
dark  tough  wood,  a  fathom  long, 
like  those  of  our  English  ances- 
tors. To  protect  the  forearm 
from  the  recoil  of  such  a  bow 
spiral  lengths  of  lianas  were 
used,  as  shown  in  Nos.  1564, 
5914,  c.  12.  Of  other  weapons, 
the  clubs  of  a  hard  tough  wood 
i  bound  with  a  neat  plaiting  of 
i  red  and  yellow  strips  of  fern 
|  stem  are  very  characteristic, 
Nos.  1276,  7492,  c.  12.  A  curi- 
;  ous  and  very  effective  curved 
!  club  is  also  used,  Nos.  1880-82, 
i  c.  13.  A  small  hand  club,  No. 
1858,  beautifully  inlaid  with 
i  pearl  shell,  headed  with  a  stone 
ball  covered  with  a  neat  plaiting 
I  of  some  strong  fibre,  is  in  c.  12  ; 
I  a  string  with  a  perforated  shell 
I  button  serves  as  guard.  The 
I  paddle  clubs  of  fine  workman- 
i  ship  are  on  the  ceiling  of  this 
I  alcove.  Spears  were  also  elabo- 
|  rately  decorated,  as  shown  in 
I  Nos.  989,  5931,  on  the  outside 
'  of  the  cases  (Fig.  29).  Both 
pearl  inlaying  and  fern  stem 
plaiting  are  used  more  than  in  any  other  group.  To  meet  this  array 
of  offensive  weapons  the  Solomonites  had  shields  which,  while 


—  29- 

artistic,  do  not  seem  much  protection.     One  of  braided  grass  pro-  Australian  has  this  protection  no  Polynesian  had  a  shield,  nor  did  the 

fusely  ornamented  with  shell  beads  and  feathers,   No.  1859,  c.  13,  Melanesian  groups  east  of  the  Solomons.     In  connection  with  the 

. 


'-•*•  i 


FIG.  2S.     SOLOMON   ISLAM)    WOOI1KN    HOWI.S. 


is  of  the  choicest  kind  from  Ulava  ;  another,  No.  1860,  is  plainly 
formed  of  reeds ;  a  third,  No.  1861 ,  is  carved  from  some  light  colored 
wood.  These  mark  the  eastern  limit  of  the  shield.  While  the  rude 


clubs  which  decorate  the  ceiling  in  the  alcoves  it  may  be  noticed 
that  each  group  of  islands  has  a  distinct  and  characteristic  set  of 
clubs  not  easily  mistaken,  if  we  except  the  Tongan  and  Samoan. 


—  30  — 


To  manj-  there  is  a  weird  attraction  to  cannibalism,  and  one  nat- 

^     urally  looks  for  the  peculiar  tokens  of 

anthropophagic  practices  in  this  group, 
which  is  among  the  most  actively  can- 
nibalistic of  the  present  day.  In  Fig.  28 
are  seen  two  bowls,  Nos.  1855,  1854, 
which  had  an  important  part  in  the 
strange  feast.  Both  are  carved  from 
some  soft  wood,  and  the  larger  is  inlaid 
with  the  halved  ends  of  white  cone  shells, 
and  decorated  with  baboon-like  figures 
carved  at  either  end  ;  this  was  the  cook- 
ing dish  into  which  the  "long  pig"  was 
put  with  sufficient  water  and  boiled  by 
dropping  in  hot  stones.  Rude  as  this 
stone  boiling  seems  it  was  effective,  and 
the  present  bowl  is  thoroughly  saturated 
with  the  human  fat  of  many  boilings. 
The  smaller  tureen  was  more  beautifully 
inlaid  with  pearl  shell,  one  end  carved 
in  bird  form  with  a  fish  in  the  bird's  bill ; 
this  was  a  family  bowl  into  which  the 
owner's  share  of  the  chowder,  cooked  in 
the  larger  bowl,  was  transferred.  The 
long  handles  were  used  in  suspending 
these  bowls  from  the  roof  timbers  when 
not  in  use.  A  photograph  in  c.  12  shows 
three  well  built  cannibals  who  were  cap- 
tured while  dining.  In  the  same  case, 


FIG.  29.     SOLOMON   ISLAND 
SPEARS. 


No.  1844,  is  a  carved  nut,  for  ear  ornament,  from  which  are  sus- 
pended twenty-five  human  teeth,  a  tally  of  as  many  feasts. 


Among  the  curious  wooden  bowls   in  c.  13  are:    No.   1858,  two 

figures,  male  and 
female,  supporting 
a  bowl,  the  whole 
inlaid  with  triangu- 
lar pieces  of  pearl 
shell  (Fig.  30  ). 
An  arm  holding 
an  oval  bowl  from 
San  Cristobal, 
No.  1853.  A  heavy 
oval  oil  bowl,  No. 
1961.  A  wooden 
food  bowl,  No. 
1852,  with  carved 
baboon-headed 
supports.  Coco- 
nuts were  used 
here  as  elsewhere 
for  bottles,  either 
plain  or  inlaid  with 
beads  in  gum,  No. 
1850;  with  shell, 
No.  1851  ;  where 
the  human  head  is 
outlined,  No.  1894; 
or  carved,  as  No. 
7061.  By  the  addi- 
tion of  a  bambu 
neck  and  a  coating  of  gum  a  well  shaped  bottle  is  formed,  No.  1887 
(Fig.  30).  A  cup,  of  coconut  shell  daintily  inlaid  with  pearl  shell 


FIG.  30.     WOODEN  HOWL. 


is  No.  1857,  c.  13.  Before  leaving  the  wood  carvings  notice  should 
be  taken  of  the  totoisha  or  image  placed  on  the  prow  of  a  canoe  as 
a  charm,  Nos.  1871,  5811.  The  model  of  a  canoe,  No.  7068,  c.  A, 
shows  carved  figures  on  bow  and  stern. 

Two  carved  fishing  floats  from  Ulava  are  Nos.  1867-68,  c.  13. 
These  are  representations  of  birds,  are  inlaid  with  shell  and  pro- 
vided with  a  sinker  to  keep  them  upright  (Fig.  31).  No.  7060, 
c.  12,  is  a  series  of  minute  fish  hooks  carved  from  shell  to  imitate 
fish.  Other  fish  hooks  are  in  the  same  case,  and  all  are  destitute 
of  barbs.  No.  1254,  c.  13,  is  a  fine  inlaid  paddle,  the  blade  a  fish 
swallowing  the  handle. 

The  paucity  of  clothing  has  been  noticed,  and  it  was  not  for 
want  of  material,  for  the  Solomonites  made  kapa  of  sufficient 
strength,  No.  6983,  c.  12,  and  dyed  it  a  durable  blue,  among  other 
hues,  even  decorating  it  with  figures.  The  wet  climate  would, 
however,  confine  its  use  to  the  shelter  of  the  houses.  Kapa  beat- 
ers are  shown  in  the  same  case,  Nos.  1899,  6988,  and  are  of  the 
usual  form,  although  thicker  and  shorter  than  those  of  Hawaii. 
A  woman's  dress  of  fibre  is  shown,  No.  1869,  c.  12,  a  simple  and 
convenient  form.  Neither  tatuing  nor  scarification  were  used,  but 
personal  adornments  were  abundant  and  of  most  varied  material. 
A  woven  head  band  with  a  flat  white  shell  disk,  No.  1943,  c.  12, 
plain  or  ornamented  by  incised  or  superimposed  figures  was  a  favor- 
ite ornament.  So  were  the  shell  belts  shown  in  Fig.  32,  but  as  these 
represented  money  they  were  the  property  of  the  richer  chiefs. 
No.  1886,  c.  12  (15,  Fig.  32),  is  entirely  of  shell  fragments  drilled, 
strung  on  tough  sticks  and  rolled  between  flat  stones  until  round. 
So  late  as  1900  the  strands  represented  $20,  making  the  beautiful 
belt  worth  $440.  Another  of  different  type  is  shown  in  No.  1891. 
The  shell  beads  in  single  strings  as  money  are  shown  in  No.  6769, 
which  is  about  10  ft.  long.  A  bracelet  of  the  teeth  of  the  flying-fox 


(Ptcropns)  is  No.  1845,  c.  12;  one  of  the  opercula  of  a  species  of 
m^m^mm^^^^^^^^^^mt_^^^^  Natica  is  No.  1842;  one  of  ray- 
fish  palates,  No.  1843;  and  the 
more  common  armlets  of 
braided  red  and  yellow  grass, 
No.  6777.  In  dancing  a  belt, 
No.  1848,  c.  12,  made  with 
rattles  of  some  very  resonant 
pods,  was  used.  Decorated 
paddles,  also  part  of  the  dance 
paraphernalia,  are  in  c.  13, 
Nos.  1839,  1904,  etc.  Among 
the  musical  instruments  were 
the  pandean  pipes,  No.  1847, 
c.  12  (Fig.  33),  in  this  ex- 
ample composed  of  twenty 
double  bambus,  one  set  open, 
the  other  closed  ;  large  single 
bambu  pipes  are  also  used  in 
orchestras,  one  pipe  to  a  man. 
A  comb  of  most  exquisite  de- 
sign and  make  is  No.  1841,  a 
delicately  woven  cover  of  red, 
yellow  and  black  fern  stem ; 
another  inlaid  with  pearl  shell 
of  a  greenish  tinge,  No.  1890, 
is  near  this. 

Of  the   gods  little  is  yet 
FIG.  si.    FI.SHINU  FLOATS.  known,  but  a  sacred  emblem 

called  tindalo  or  ring  god  is  represented  in  No.  1883,  c.  12.    This  was 
greatly  venerated,  and  the  priest  who  parted  with  it  in  a  thoughtless 


—  32  — 


FTO.  X.    RHEI.T,  HET.TR. 


—  33  — 


\ 


moment  offered  many  times  its  price  to  regain  it.     The  ring  is  cut 
from  a  very  heavy  calcareous  formation,  is  9.4  in.  in  diameter,  and 
i. 5  in.  thick;  it  is  sus- 
pended   from   the 
priest's  neck  on  litur- 
g  i  c  a  1  •  occasions.    A 
smaller    and     better 
finished   tindalo   is 
No.  1883,  c.  12. 

Betel  chewing  in 
vogue,  lime  boxes  of 
various  forms  are 
shown  in  c.  12.  The 
small  wooden  mor- 
tars used  by  old  men 
to  crush  the  hard 
betel  nut  are  in  c.  13, 
Nos.  1809,  1849. 
Stone  adzes  of  flat 
and  cylindrical  form, 
well  polished,  are  in 
the  same  case ;  two 
are  shown  in  Fig.  34. 
Inspection  of  the  ca- 
noes on  the  opposite 
ceiling  will  show  that 
the  planks  of  which 
these  are  formed  are  FIG.  ss.  PANDEAN  PIPES  AND  JEWS  HARPS. 
cut  down  from  a  thickness  of  several  inches,  leaving  lugs  to  which 
the  curved  thwarts  are  bound,  and  the  several  planks  are  sewed 
together,  with  a  calking  of  parinarium  gum  between. 

HANDBOOK  B.  P.  B.  M.— 3. 


New  Hebrides  and  Santa  Cruz  Islands  form  a  long  chain, 
of  volcanic  origin,  extending  from  the  Solomon  Islands  on  the  north- 
west to  New  Caledonia  on  the  southwest.  The  largest  was  named 
by  Quiros  Australia  del  Espiritu  Santo,  and  measures  about  75X40 
miles.  Vanikoro,  where  the  voyage  of  La  P£rouse  ended  so  tragic- 
ally, and  Nitendi  or  Santa  Cruz,  where  Mendana  died,  are  other 
important  members  of  this  group.  The  population  is  of  the  black 
Papuan  or  Melanesia!!  stock,  but  is  far  from  homogeneous.  Poly- 
nesian settlements  exist  throughout  the  group,  and  more  than  a 
score  of  languages  are  noted.  The  people  are  below  the  medium 
height  (see  the  skeleton  of  Malekulan  male,  c.  14,  V)  and  are  not 
beautiful  in  form  or  feature.  They  wear  nose  and  ear  rings,  and 
generally  dispense  with  other  clothing.  They  are  great  fighters, 
and  their  bows  and  arrows,  spears  and  clubs  are  very  well  made. 
They  weave,  on  looms,  mats  from  hibiscus  and  banana  fibre,  and 
make  quite  as  good  potter}-  as  the  Vitians  or  the  New  Caledonians. 
Among  the  trees  that  are  abundant  are  the  casuarina  and  cycas, 
both  objects  of  veneration.  There  are  two  species  of  snakes,  not 
poisonous,  and  two  of  turtles.  By  the  efforts  of  the  martyred 
Bishop  Patterson  and  his  successors  many  of  the  people  have  been 
mollified,  and  trade  is  extending ;  agricultural  companies,  both 
English  and  French,  have  been  established,  and  the  old  times  are 
rapidly  passing. 

Among  the  objects  in  c.  14,  illustrating  the  life  of  these  islanders 
are,  from  Santa  Cruz,  a  loom,  No.  1973,  of  an  almost  universal 
pattern  and  easily  worked;  a  smaller  one,  No.  1979,  for  the  nar^ 
row  scarfs  once  a  noted  product  of  the  native  weaving.  Belt  of  pan- 
danus  stained  with  magenta,  No.  1846.  Fishing  nets,  No.  1945, 
of  fine  mesh.  Shell  adze  well  polished,  No.  1950.  Wooden  image, 
No.  6989.  A  coil  of  the  rare  feather  money  (see  Memoirs  of  this 
Museum,  vol.  i,  p.  452).  Nose  ring  of  tortoise  shell  carved,  No. 


Pillow, 


1949 ;  the  points  clasp  the  septum  without  piercing  it. 
No.  1953,  with  the 
red  and  white  col- 
oring so  common 
here,  and  shown 
also  on  the  club, 
No.  1397.  Kalo 
dish,  No.  1964. 
A  large  oval  food 
bowl,  No.  6988, 
and  oil  dish,  No. 
1962,  show  the 
usual  form  of 
wooden  contain- 
ers ;  No.  1963  is  a 
rectangular  varia- 
tion. A  shallow 
circular  basket, 
No.  1966.  In  fish- 
ing the  natives  of 
Santa  Cruz  use  a 
float  of  light  wood 
with  a  stone  sinker 
bound  to  one  end, 
and  with  a  curious 
tortoise  shell  tog- 
gle shown  in  Fig. 

3i,  P-  3i. 

From  the   New 

Hebrides   proper  FIG.  :w.   SOLOMON  ISLAND  STONE  ADKKS. 

are,  in  c.  14,  a  belt  of  shell  money  carefully  wrought,  with  pend- 


—  34  — 


ants  of  human  teeth  stained  with  betel  chewing;  there  are  135  teeth, 
in  tally  of  as  many  cannibal  feasts  enjoyed  by  the  owner  (Fig.  32, 
upper  figure) .  Other  trophies  of  this  sort,  but  of  white  men,  are  Nos. 
3477-79-  Four  remarkably  carved  combs  shown  in  Fig.  36;  the  Sem- 
itic heads  on  the  third  one,  No.  7001 ,  are  remarkable.  Specimens  of 
hard  burned  pottery,  Nos.  2076,  2077.  Images  with  human  skulls, 
Nos.  8133,  8134  (Fig.  35),  the  face  modelled  with  grotesque  noses; 
these  are  carried  in  festivals,  and  are  then  decorated  with  fern  leaves 
and  flowers  ;  when  the  supply  of  skulls  fails,  cotton  takes  the  place, 
No.  8135.  A  fly-flap  from  Ambrym  resembling  a  kahili,  No.  2085. 
Masks  of  wood  painted  red,  used  in  dances,  Nos.  8137-39.  Fishing 
spear  with  two  prongs  carved,  No.  1003,  c.  19,  outside.  Wooden 
sword,  the  handle  bound  with  the  wool  of  the  warrior's  sweetheart, 
No.  7052.  War  club  with  the  end  knob  deeply  grooved,  No.  1381,011 
ceiling  of  alcove ;  old  club  handles  often  have  trade  hatchets  sub- 
stituted for  the  knob  ;  examples  are  with  the  last.  Forehead  plate 
quite  like  those  described  from  the  Solomon  Islands,  No.  1878,  etc. 
Against  the  mullion  of  the  windows  in  this  and  the  opposite  alcove 
are  two  tree  drums  (Fig.  37)  from  Malekula ;  these  are  often  of 
great  size,  carefully  hollowed,  and  are  beaten  with  stones  wrapped 
in  kapa.  Vokololo  stick  for  mixing  a  pudding  of  yams  and  coco- 
nut, No.  2087.  Knife  of  wood  for  cutting  yams,  No.  4016.  Bambu 
sticks  finely  engraved,  No.  4027.  Ambrym  mat  dress  for  women, 
No.  2082;  this  is  14  ft.  long,  18  in.  wide.  On  the  column  above 
c.  14  is  a  fern  tree  idol  from  Malekula  ;  to  this  pigs  are  offered,  and 
their  bones  are  often  piled  as  high  as  the  chin ;  a  similar  one  is  on 
the  opposite  column. 

New  Caledonia. — This  long  narrow  island  belongs  to  France 
and  is  used  as  a  penal  settlement,  hence,  in  spite  of  great  mineral 
wealth,  not  likely  to  thrive  as  a  colony,  and  leading  to  the  rapid 


-35 


deterioration  of  the  natives,  who  are  not  very  different  from  the 

people  of  the   other    Papuan 

groups  near  by  ;    but  there  are 

two  marked  types,  one  inclining 

strongly  to  the  Polynesian.    The 

island   is  about   216X30  miles, 

and  its  highest   mountain    is 

5570  ft.     The  houses  were  gen- 

enlly    cylindrical,     with     high 

conical  roofs,   as  shown  in  the 

photograph  in  c.  15. 

Two  ver}'  prominent  objects 
in  c.  15  are  the  curious  funeral 
masks  of  feathers  worn  by  the 
attendants  at  the  grave  of  a  de- 
ceased chief ;  the  wool  is  human, 
the  feathers  hens  (Fig.  39). 
Two  light  javelins  with  a  human 
head  carved  about  the  middle 
in  high  relief,  Nos.  963,  979, 
cc.  18-19,  outside.  Slingstones 
and  scrip ;  stones  a  double  cone, 
figured  and  described  in  Museum 
Memoirs,  vol.  i,  p.  343.  Another 
stone  implement  peculiar  to  New 
Caledonia  is  the  disk  club,  No. 
5882,  c.  15  ;  these  clubs  are  often 
made  of  jade  and  sometimes  of 
considerable  size  and  value;  jade 
was  also  used  for  beads  and  other  ornaments.  Another  peculiar  club 
is  made  of  wood  with  the  head  fashioned  into  the  likeness  of  a  bird's 


bill,  Nos.  1338,  1339  (Fig.  38). 

- 


\ 


FIG.  35.     IMAGES    WITH    HTMAX    SKI'U.S. 


stone,  No.  7417.     A  cane  used 
tograph   of  its  use,    No.    7431. 


A  netted  calabash  used  for  water, 
No.  1931,  the  net  permanently 
attached.  In  throwing  their 
spears  the  New  Caledonians  in- 
creased the  force  by  a  sling. 
A  short  round  club  of  some 
heavy  wood,  No.  1387.  Still 
another  club  with  a  bud-like 
head,  No.  1937  (Fig.  38).  The 
braided  flat  cords,  No.  1936,  are 
the  principal  covering  of  a  man. 
The  long  kabala  or  apron  at 
the.  top  of  this  case  is  from  the 
Duke  of  York  Islands. 

Australia. — The  many  well 
managed  museums  of  Australia 
and  their  valuable  publications 
have  made  the  aboriginal  imple- 
ments and  customs  better  known 
than  those  of  most  parts  of  the  re- 
gion that  falls  within  the  view  of 
this  Museum,  and  we  have  here  a 
fair  series  illustrating  Australian 
antiquities.  From  New  South 
Wales  are  many  rude  stone  axes, 
Nos.  6748,  7408,  etc.  Grinding 
stone,  No.  7419,  c.  16.  A  grinder 
shaped  like  an  Hawaiian  maika 
for  climbing  trees,  and  also  a  pho- 
From  Queensland  two  message 


-36- 


sticks,  Nos.  7012,  7013;  the  first  is  from  members  of  the  Worki 
tribe  when  on  a  visit  to  Brisbane  to  those  at  home ;  translated : 

Weather  cold,  plenty  food,  busy  making  spears,  boomerangs.  White  fellows' 
camp  (Brisbane)  very  big,  many  little  camps  around.  White  fellow  good  here, 
no  kill  black  fellow.  Some  time  before  we  return  home. 

The  other  is  of  similar  import.  No.  7442  is  a  buccan  or  club  from 
Darling  Downs.  No.  7444,  a  clumsy  wooden  sword  with  a  small 
handle.  Throwing  clubs  or  nulla  nulla,  Nos.  7432,  7433,  7445. 
Carved  boomerangs,  Nos.  1367,  7030.  A  sword-shaped  wummera 
or  spear-thrower,  No.  1911  ;  near  this  an  elliptical  one  from  West 
Australia,  No.  1910.  West  Australia  contributes  also  a  knife  of 
quartz  crystals  set  in  black  gum,  No.  1914,  a  common  method  of 
forming  cutting  tools,  seen  also  in  the  spears  Nos.  7889,  7890. 
Chung,  a  tool  for  cleaning  skins,  consisting  of  a  bit  of  quartz  set  in 
the  end  of  a  stick,  No.  1917.  Stick  for  throwing  at  birds,  No. 
1920.  Waddy  or  club,  No.  1919.  Axes  or  hammers  of  rough  stone 
set  in  black  gum,  Nos.  1921,  1922.  Boomerang,  No.  1372,  with 
the  arms  forming  an  angle  of  95°;  another,  No.  1369,  with  an  angle 
of  135°.  Note  that  not  all  the  boomerangs  are  made  to  return  to 
the  thrower;  those  from  the  west  seem  to  have  the  greatest  bend, 
while  those  from  Queensland  are  nearly  straight.  From  South 
Australia  is  a  shield,  No.  1918,  which,  although  exposing  a  very 
small  surface,  is  a  verj'  practical  weapon  of  defence  in  the  quick 
hand  of  a  black  fellow.  Myponga  or  bent  club,  No.  1923,  similar 
to  the  longiel  of  the  Solomon  Islands.  The  Australian  baskets  are 
of  various  forms,  some  of  most  beautiful  workmanship,  others  of 
peculiar  form,  as  the  dilly  basket,  No.  7430,  or  the  flat  basket,  No. 
5829  ;  a  coiled  form  is  in  c.  17.  There  is  in  this  Museum  no  speci- 
men of  the  curious  memorial  carvings  on  the  trunks  of  trees,  but 
in  this  case  may  be  seen  photographs  of  part  of  the  splendid  series 
in  the  Australian  Museum  at  Sydney.  The  skin  of  the  carpet 


snake  (Morelia  variegata),  No.  7707,  is  the  natural  covering  of  a 
favorite  article  of  food.  On  the  ceiling  in  front  of  c.  16  is  a  ser- 
rated spear  marked  with  white  paint.  In  c.  17  is  a  group  from 

.  .- 


FKi.  :lli.     COMIIS    FROM    XK\V    11  KliRIDKS. 


Queensland  showing  the  native  camp.  A  few  rough  poles  support 
a  leanto  roof  of  the  thick  bark  of  a  gum  tree,  a  simple  shelter  from 
wind  and  rain.  Clothes  are  absent  except  when  the  natives  visit 


a  village.  A  kangaroo  lies  near  awaiting  the  fire  which  the  child 
is  trying  to  kindle,  when  a  very  slight  toasting  will  suffice  for  the 
not  very  particular  palates  of  the  blacks.  Charcoal  is  a  favorite 
cosmetic,  enhancing  the  natural  blackness  of  the  skin.  Although 
the  native  Australian  has  been  long  regarded  as  among  the  lowest 
of  the  animals  crowded  into  the  genus  homo,  recent  researches 
have  unfolded  many  facts  which  render  this  belief  one  to  be 
amended.  Strange  rites  of  initiation,  astonishing  surgical  opera- 
tions, a  regard  for  law  among  themselves,  are  certainly  not  the 
characteristics  of  a  very  low  and  stupid  race.  See  also  photo- 
graphs in  P.G. 

New  Guinea  and  the  Bismarck  Archipelago.  —  The 

great  island  of  New  Guinea  and  the  many  islands  to  the  northeast 
comprising  the  Bismarck  Archipelago  offer  perhaps  the  richest 
region  for  ethnological  research  in  the  whole  Pacific.  It  is  ex- 
ceedingly rich  in  manufactured  articles,  and  its  fauna  and  flora  are 
most  abundant,  varied  and  interesting.  All  along  its  shores  and 
scattered  among  its  islands  are  Polynesian  colonies,  and  no  study 
of  the  origin  of  Polynesian  implements  can  be  made  without  refer- 
ence to  those  of  this  group,  through  which  either  the  earliest  im- 
migrants to  the  central  Pacific  or  their  immediate  successors  seem 
to  have  pursued  their  way.  The  form  of  Hawaiian  helmets,  so 
often  called  Greek,  is  found  in  many  parts  of  New  Guinea  ;  and  the 
rotary  or  pump  drill  and  the  kupaaikee  adze  are  both  Papuan  in- 
ventions now  spread  through  the  Pacific  ocean.  The  New  Guinea 
collection  in  this  Museum,  although  small  in  comparison  with 
what  it  might  be  made,  is  very  valuable :  chiefly  from  that  portion 
of  the  great  island  now  under  the  control  of  Germany,  or  the  north- 
east coast  and  adjacent  islands. 

Of  the  localities  from  which  our  collections  come,  Astrolabe 


-37- 

Bay  is  on  the  east  coast  in  L,at.  5° 


10 


"NEW   HFBR'DES 


S.;  Vulcan  Island  is  a  little 
north  of  this ;  Huon  Gulf 
is  on  the  same  coast  but 
south  of  the  cape  that  pro- 
jects toward  New  Britain; 
Cretin  Islands  are  on  the 
northern  edge  of  Huon 
Gulf ;  Siassi  or  Low  Isl- 
ands are  in  Dampier's 
Strait ;  Paraponpon  Island 
is  in  the  Louisiade  Archi- 
pelago; Poom,  Kai,  Kela, 
Jabiu  and  Bukaua  are  in- 
ternal divisions  of  New 
Guinea  bordering  on  this 
coast.  At  present  the  pop- 
ulation of  this  region  can 
only  be  guessed  at,  for  the 
interior,  especially  the 
mountain  region,  is  not 
fully  explored,  although 
in  British  New  Guinea  the 
Government  has  made 
good  progress.  A  more 
complete  knowledge  of  the 
customs,  manufactures  and 
languages  of  Papua  will 
throw  additional  light  on 
FIG.  ST.  MALEKULA  TREE  DRUMS.  Polynesian  ways  and  origin 

which  is  greatly  needed.     Besides  the  three  cases  that  contain  the 
greater  part  of  the  New  Guinea  collections,   18-20,  specimens  are 


-38 


among  the  spears  over  the  chart  in  the  gallery,  on  other  parts  of  the 
ceiling,  besides  many 
photographs  in  P.G. 
It  may  be  more  con- 
venient to  the  visitor  to 
describe  the  specimens 
case  by  case  without 
reference  to  any  other 
classification.  Begin- 
ning with  c.  18,  shown 
in  Fig.  40,  where,  as  in 
the  other  cases  devoted 
to  this  group,  the  pro- 
ductions of  New  Britain, 
New  Ireland  and  other 
portions  of  the  Bismarck 
Archipelago  are  dis- 
played together,  we  have 
the  stone-headed  clubs 
peculiar  to  this  region  : 
these  are,  the  plain 
disk,  Nos.  6999,  7000, 
10,014;  star,  Nos.  1013, 
6998;  knobbed,  No. 
10,015;  golegole,  No. 
1571  (Fig.,  third  from 
left);  and  the  ball,  Nos. 

1384-86     (Fig.,     right-          TO. 

hand   club)  ;     these   all 

show  considerable  care  in  the  making,  and  are  effective  weapons. 

Another  dangerous  weapon  is  the  man-catcher,  No.  7048,  in  the 


centre  of  the  case ;  this  is  a  loop  of  rattan  with  the  ends  bound 
together  to  form  a  stiff  handle  and 
clasping  within  the  loop  a  sharp  spike 
of  palm  wood.  Pig-catchers  are  simi- 
lar but  stouter,  and  provided  with  a 
net  to  capture  rather  than  kill  the 
game.  Sharper  if  not  more  danger- 
ous are  the  obsidian  -  headed  darts, 
Nos.  1574,  1575,  and  the  obsidian 
dagger,  No.  1562,  all  from  the  Purdy 
Islands.  A  wooden  weapon  between 
a  club  and  sword  from  the  Laughlan 
Islands,  Nos.  7049,  7050,  some  slings, 
No.  1624,  from  New  Britain,  and  a 
club  with  two  conical  ends,  No.  1380 
(Fig.  38,  left-hand),  complete  the 
offensive  weapons  in  this  case ;  and 
against  them  may  be  ranged  the 
rattan  -  covered  wooden  shield,  No. 
6997.  In  the  next  case  are  two  bows, 
one  with  a  rattan  string,  the  other  of 
a  light  colored  wood  neatly  made,  and 
provided  with  very  sharp,  plain  point- 
ed arrows,  No.  2071.  Here  are  two 
shields,  No.  7996,  of  curved  wood 
admirably  decorated  with  clean  cut 
designs  in  red  and  black  on  a  white 
ground,  and  No.  7997,  of  reeds  bound 
firmly  together.  Two  round  shields  of 
very  heavy  wood  and  rudely  carved 
(laiitu),  Nos.  1560,  1561,  are  on  the  ceiling  of  the  gallery  above. 


FIG.  39.     FUNERAL  MASK. 


A  war-like  decoration,  No.  701 1 ,  made  of  wood  and  ornamented 
with  abrus  seeds,  was  worn  below  the  chin,  as  shown  in  the  photo- 
graph nearby.  On  the  shelf  are  characteristic  personal  ornaments, 
some  of  boar  tusks  in  pairs,  Nos.  1707  (jabo)  from  Jabin,  and  1708 
(  fx'ffffi )  from  Poom  ;  these  were  worn  on  the  breast  and  only  by 
chiefs.  An  imitation  of  the  tusks  in  sections  of  trochus  shell,  No. 
1706,  from  Astrolabe  Bay.  No.  1712,  a  pair  of  ovulum  shells 
(Xw/W)  from  Jabin  is  worn  in  the  same  way.  No.  1713  is  a  flat 
disk  of  shell  to  which  is  loosely  attached  a  smaller  disk  of  tortoise 
shell  most  delicately  cut  out  and  dentate  on  the  circumference 
(Fig.  41,  2);  this  from  the  Purdy  Islands,  and  other  similar  but 
less  artistic,  Nos.  1730,  1736,  from  Jabin  and  Bukaua.  No.  1714 
(Fig.  41,  i )  has  suspended  from  its  centre  a  cluster  of  bells  made 
of  cut  shells,  with  tongues  of  dog's  teeth,  and  emitting  a  peculiarly 
clear  sound.  No.  1798  is  an  engraved  ovulum  shell  used  as  the 
sole  covering  of  males  on  the  Purdy  Islands.  No.  1761  is  a  belt  of 
fish  vertebrae  and  dentalium  shells,  to  which  is  attached  the  matri- 
monial nut  signal  from  Astrolabe  Bay  ;  another  of  these  nuts  is 
No.  1678.  Bangles  of  sliced  trochus  shell  dexterously  cut,  Nos. 
1720,  1721,  from  the  northwest  coast  of  New  Ireland.  Nos.  1722- 
24  are  arm  rings  of  tridacna  shell  bored  out  by  the  bambu  drill 
shown  in  this  case,  No.  2795.  The  flat  distorted  wood  mask, 
No.  1666,  can  hardly  be  classed  with  ornaments.  In  the  upper 
part  of  this  case  hangs  a  finely  meshed  net  with  shell  sinkers  and 
neat  wood  floats,  No.  6995  ;  this  is  24  ft.  long  ;  in  c.  19  is  a  similar 
net  42  ft.  long ;  these  are  used  for  surface  fishing.  The  carved 
wood  heads,  Nos.  5697,  621 1,  are  said  to  be  regarded  as  household 
divinities,  and  to  one  are  attached  offerings,  among  them  an  inlaid 
disk  from  the  Solomon  Islands,  perhaps  a  trophy.  No.  1830  is  an 
idol  in  lizard  form,  and  the  grotesque  human  face,  No.  1831,  serves 
also  for  worship.  The  nature  of  the  stout  figure  standing  on  a 


39- 

crescent,   No.  7054,  is  unknown.     No.  1649  (Fig.  42)  is  a  festival 

drum  of  long  hour- 
glass form,  hollow, 
and  covered  with  liz- 
ard skin.  No.  179918 
a  similar  drum  with 
the  addition  of  seed 
rattles.  No.  1059  is  a 
cylindrical  drum  from 
Dutch  New  Guinea ; 
near  this  is  the  small- 
est carved  drum  in  the 
collection,  No.  7995. 
Behind  these  drums 
hangs  a  woman's 
dress  of  fibre  from 
British  New  Guinea, 
No.  1783.  No.  1653 
is  a  kidulu  or  chief's 
hat,  from  Bukaua,  of 
bark,  decorated  with 
shell  eyes,  dog  tusks 
and  nassa  shells. 
Here  also  is  a  coiled 
basket  of  rattan  from 
New  Britain,  No. 
1619.  From  Duau  of 
the  D'Entrecasteaux 

FIG.  40.  CASK  is.  NEW  urixKA.  Islands  comes  the  axe 

of  jadeite,    No.    1551,    used    only  on   ceremonial   occasions;    and 
another  of  similar  material  and  use  but  smaller  from  Huou  Gulf, 


—  40  — 


FIG.  41.     SHELL  DISK   ORNAMENTS.  NEW   OFINEA    AND  SOLOMON  ISLANDS. 


New  Guinea.  Carved  wooden  spoons  or  spatulse  for  lime  or  other 
uses  are  on  the  back  of  the  case. 

In  c.  19  is  an  extensive  assortment  of  bags,  usually  of  loose 
network  and  dyed  red,  black  or  green,  which  serve  for  many  pur- 
poses, from  carrying  the  babes  (see  photograph)  of  a  family  to  a 
receptacle  for  the  smoked  heads  (see  Nos.  2792-94,  c.  13,  V)  of  the 
vanquished  enemy.  Some  large  brown  ones,  No.  1771,  serve  as  a 
distinguishing  garb  for  widows.  Nos.  1650,  i65oa  are  sacred  fig- 
ures from  New  Ireland  representing  a  bird  devouring  a  serpent ; 
these  are  carved  from  a  light  brittle  wood  and  painted  red,  black 
and  white.  Nos.  1658-60  are  gwam,  a  sort  of  penates  from  Bukaua, 
or  they  may  merely  represent  the  ancestors  ;  two  larger  ones  are  in 
c.  20,  Nos.  1668,  i668a,  from  Jabin.  No.  7067  is  a  carved  recep- 
tacle for  pubic  hairs,  which  have  a  mystic  value  among  these 
people.  In  the  corner  is  an  idol  or  mask  from  New  Britain,  No. 
1652.  Another  carved  figure,  No.  7055,  may  be  an  idol,  and  the 
carving  near  by,  No.  7056,  suggests  a  crozier.  Among  the  shell 
decorated  bags  should  be  noticed  No.  1748,  from  Astrolabe  Bay. 
No.  1770  is  an  a  tint  or  woman's  festal  dress.  As  will  be  seen  by 
the  labels  many  of  the  bags  in  this  case  have  special  names  and 
uses.  No.  1776  are  grass  tails  attached  to  the  women  in  certain 
dances. 

In  c.  20  we  may  note  the  well  carved  food  bowls,  No.  1617, 
etc.;  this  form  is  common  to  this  region  ;  another  pattern  shows  a 
carved  and  whitened  edge,  No.  7033.  A  round  bowl  with  four 
knobs  on  the  bottom,  suggesting  the  legs  of  a  Samoan  awa  bowl, 
and  other  sigillate  carvings,  No.  1618,  comes  from  Kela  and  is 
called  su.  No.  7032  is  another  round  dish  with  decorated  edge. 
Nos.  1620,  1810,  7053,  are  carved  wood  spoons  used  for  sago;  the 
first  comes  from  Jabiu  and  is  called  lading.  Much  simpler,  although 
not  less  useful,  are  the  shell  spoons,  No.  1632,  from  Poom ;  those 


-41  — 


of  coconut,   No.    1631,  from  Bukaua.     No.  1629  is  a  combination 

knife  and  spoon  of 
tortoise  shell,  and 
No.  1630,  of  pearl 
shell,  from  Jabin. 
No.  1655  is  a  food 
hook  from  a  tem- 
ple, Kela  ;  here  it 
was  preserved  as  a 
sacred  thing,  but 
its  use  to  hang  con- 
tainers of  food  on 
is  well  known  in 
the  Solomon  and 
neighboring  isl- 
ands,  whence  it 
was  probably  cap- 
tured in  battle  and 
consecrated  as  a 
trophy,  its  real  use 
being  unknown  to 
the  captors.  The 
carved  coconut 
bowls,  Nos.  1599- 
1601,  were  used 
either  for  food  or 
as  boxes  for  shell 
money  ;  in  Jabin 
they  were  called 
lalu,  in  Poom  essi,  in  Bukaua  jalum,  a  diverse  nomenclature  that  will 
give  an  idea  of  the  variety  of  language  in  these  neighboring  localities. 


FIG.  42.     FESTIVAL 


—  42  — 


For  tools  the  tribes  of  New  Guinea  had  the  pump  drill  and 
adzes  of  greenstone,  with  knives  and  scrapers  of  obsidian.  The 
adzes  in  this  collection  are  polished  but  not  very  well  shaped  ; 
rattan  is  almost  always  used  to  bind  the  stone  to  the  handle.  No. 
5881  is  nearly  straight  and  was  fitted  for  chipping  away  the  in- 
terior of  the  long  cylindrical  drums.  No.  1553  has  a  carved  handle 
and  comes  from  Jabin  with  the  name  ki.  No.  1556  comes  from  Poom, 
is  called  •K'ammc,  and  has  a  close-fitting  jacket  of  woven  rattan. 
No.  1800  has  the  stone  fitted  to  an  independent  socket,  which  is 
attached  to  the  handle  by  a  sleeve  of  braided  rattan,  permitting  the 
tool  to  be  used  as  a  right-  or  left-hand  cutter.  No.  1557  is  fastened 
directly  to  the  rather  slender  black  handle  without  a  socket. 

Betel  chewing  is  practiced  by  perhaps  a  tenth  of  the  human 
race  and  deserves  a  word  of  explanation,  as  the  collections  of  this 
Museum  are  rich  in  implements  used  for  this  habit.  Betel  nut 
is  the  fruit  of  the  palm  well  known  here  in  cultivation,  Areca  catccliu 
and  shown  in  c.  77,  H.G.  The  hard  and  curiously  mottled  nut  is 
gathered  before  it  is  quite  ripe,  boiled  and  cut  in  thin  slices  which 
are  dried  and  preserved  for  use.  The  betel  pepper,  Chavica  betel, 
is  a  vine  allied  to  the  plant  that  produces  black  pepper,  and  is  cul- 
tivated by  the  Chinese  in  Honolulu.  The  third  important  ingredi- 
ent is  powdered  shell  or  coral  lime  (chunam) .  A  leaf  of  the  pepper 
serves  as  a  wrapper  to  contain  the  sliced  betel  and  a  pinch  of  lime, 
and  the  compound  is  leisurely  chewed.  This  is  provocative  of  a 
copious  secretion  of  saliva,  which  is  of  a  brick-red  color  and  quite 
repulsive  when  seen  for  the  first  time ;  a  blackening  of  the  teeth 
also  results,  but  the  teeth  do  not  seem  to  be  otherwise  injured,  as 
may  be  seen  on  the  teeth  in  the  "cannibal  belt"  in  the  collection 
from  New  Hebrides,  c.  14.  Nos.  1641,  1642  are  carved  wooden 
mortars  in  which  to  grind  the  betel  nut  with  a  cassowary  bone 
pestle;  only  old  men  used  this  help.  Nos.  1634-40  and  1811  are 


specimens  more  or  less  decorated  of  gourd  bottles  to  contain  the 
lime  with  the  carved  spoons.  For  smoking,  joints  of  bambu  open 
at  one  end  and  with  a  small  aperture  near  the  partition  at  the  other, 

the  whole  decorated  with 
incised  or  burned  lines, 
serve  as  receptacles  for  a 
lighted  cigar,  the  smoke 
being  inhaled  from  the 
small  lateral  opening, 
Nos.  1643,  1805;  these 
are  called  bobo  in  British 
New  Guinea.  After 
these  narcotics  or  stim- 
ulants we  may  suppose 
that  the  grotesque 
pillows  here  arranged 
might beused.  No.  1818 
is  carved  from  a  piece  of 
light  wood  and  decora- 
ted with  feathers ;  others 
are  carved  to  represent 
animals,  and  some  are- 
composite,  the  legs 
being  of  bambu.  As 
among  these  people  the 

KIU.  4:1.     NEW    IKKI.AXI.    DANTIN.i    MASK.  the     hair     jg     suffered     tO 

grow  to  a  great  extent  and  curiously  decorated,  these  neck  pillows 
are  convenient.  No.  1808  is  a  sleeping  mat;  these  are  frequently 
made  of  thin  rattan  strips  and  are  cool  and  cleanly. 

Little  is  known  of  the  methods  used  in  fishing,  but  the  hooks 
from  this  region  are  of  such  curious  shape  that  one  wishes  to  know 


more  of  their  use.  Of  the  fish  Hues  we  have  specimens  from  Jabin, 
No.  1832,  called  scling ,  made  of  a  round  harsh-feeling  fibre  (coir) 
firmly  twisted.  From  the  Siassi  group  come  odd-shaped  hooks  of 
tortoise  shell  bent  and  with  a  bit  of  white  shell  bound  to  one  side 
of  the  shank,  No.  1633.  A  more  elaborate  form,  if  an,  comes  from 
Jabiu,  No.  1628,  a  cylindrical  shank  of  shell,  5  in.  long,  to  which 
is  bound  by  two  ligatures  a  scimetar-shaped  and  very  sharp  arm. 
No.  1621,  small  hand  nets  for  work  on  the  reef  or  in  shallow 
streams.  Fish  spears  from  this  region  are  in  most  collections,  and 
often  consist  of  a  number  of  bambu  splints  bound  to  a  light  pole  ; 
in  other  cases  the  points  are  carved  from  hard  wood,  a  fine  example 
being  in  the  centre  of  the  trophy  of  spears  over  the  chart  on  the 
gallery  wall;  another  is  on  the  outside  of  c.  18,  No.  993,  and 
others  are  attached  to  the  various  columns  in  this  hall.  From  the 
ceiling  of  this  alcove  hang  carved  paddles,  as  No.  1802,  from  Para- 
ponpon  Island,  a  large  one  from  Jabin  called  no,  No.  1563,  and  a 
small  double  oue,  No.  1803.  Smaller  paddles  are  used  here  as 
elsewhere  for  dance  wands.  With  the  paddles  are  many  swords 
of  hard  dark  wood,  carved,  Nos.  1390,  1391,  1565-69.  In  the 
same  group  is  a  war  club  from  New  Britain,  No.  1383,  of  dark 
red  wood. 

Of  the  spears  from  the  New  Guinea  region  it  may  be  said  that 
their  variety  is  great,  their  construction  complicated,  and  their  ex- 
act locality  generally  unknown.  As  they  were  captured  in  skir- 
mishes and  laid  by  as  trophies,  spears  from  very  different  tribes  are 
often  collected  in  one  place,  and  our  knowledge  of  their  true  origin 
is  very  inexact.  Among  the  noteworthy  specimens  outside  the 
cases  are  those  tipped  with  human  bone  not  in  any  way  sharpened, 
No.  1022,  c.  18;  or  with  seven  prongs  of  human  bone,  No.  985, 
c.  20;  a  similar  one  with  the  bone  of  a  cassowary  is  between 
cc.  1*5-19.  The  spine  of  the  sting  ray  is  often  used,  No.  8120,  c.  20, 


•43- 

aud  other   spines   arranged    in    several    ranks,    Nos.   8147,   8148. 
Feathers  were  an  usual  decoration. 

The  bows  and  arrows  have  already  been  referred  to,  and  here 
it  may  be  noted  that  from  Bukaua  comes  a  bow  of  dark  heavy  wood, 
6  ft.  2  in.  long,  with  rattan  string,  No.  579,  c.  18,  called  mago; 
from  Jabin  a  similar  one,  No.  1578,  called  talam;  from  Poom,  No. 
1580,  called  Mic,-  from  Kai,  No.  1581,  called  tepe;  and  from  Siassi 
Islands,  No.  1582,  called paneng. 

Several  idols  have  been  noticed,  and  in  c.  20  are  two  fetish, 
No.  1656,  a  carved  piece  of  palm  wood  8.5  in.  long,  to  which  are 
bound  by  a  bark  string  two  dried  bird's  legs,  some  fine  roots,  and 
a  small  paddle-shaped  piece  of  wood  :  this  from  Bukaua.  No.  1657, 
from  Astrolabe  Bay,  is  composed  of  five  flat  pieces  of  palm  wood 
carved  and  decorated  with  white  paint  on  one  side,  the  longest 
15.6  in.,  wrapped  together  with  two  steins  of  grass  with  bark  cloth 
and  rattan  dyed  red.  What  these  were  supposed  to  be  good  for  is 
unknown.  Among  the  prominent  objects  in  c.  20  are  the  grotesque 
masks  carved  from  light  wood  and  variously  decorated,  used  in 
the  dances  both  convivial  and  funereal.  From  the  many  volcanoes 
in  New  Britain  plenty  of  obsidian  is  obtained,  making  the  supply 
of  cutting  implements  abundant,  and  the  elaborate  carvings  so 
common  in  museums  seem  to  have  been  made  in  profusion,  but 
the  images  are  often  obscene  and  in  other  ways  incomprehensible 
to  a  European.  At  present  the  manufacture  is  suffering,  like  most 
other  native  work  in  the  Pacific,  from  contact  with  foreigners,  and 
this  Museum  possesses  two  of  these  masks  decorated  with  red  cloth 
and  Turkish  towels!  No.  1664  (Fig.  43),  in  form  of  a  helmet,  is 
from  the  north  end  of  New  Ireland ;  another  from  the  west  coast 
has  white  hair  of  the  pith  of  some  rush,  cap  of  nautilus  shell,  large 
ears  of  painted  kapa,  eyes  of  the  opercula  of  some  species  of  trochus, 
and  human  hair  whiskers.  No.  1665  is  from  Blanche  Bay.  The 


huge  mask,  No.  1662,  is  called  a  funeral  mask  and  is  from  Jabin  ; 
certainly  it  could  not  be  comfortable  in  a  merry  dance.  Another 
carving  from  the  east  coast  of  New  Ireland  is  No.  1667,  a  temple 
ornament  apparently  intended  to  represent  a  pair  of  eyes.  Follow- 
ing the  New  Ireland  carving  in  this  case,  we  have  the  rude  chalk 
images  Nos.  1833,  a  female,  and  6985,  a  male;  these  are  often 
made  of  considerable  size.  They  seem  to  be  chiefly  intended  for 
the  foreign  market.  A  curious  form  of  idol  is  made  here  of  strips 
of  vegetable  matter  covered  with  palm  fibre  and  painted,  Nos.  1834, 
1835.  Figures  made  in  this  way  of  small  human  size  are  often 
called  artificial  mummies,  but  are  not  represented  in  this  collection. 

There  are  here  but  two  specimens  of  the  playthings  of  these 
volatile  Papuans,  the  kalingwan  or  Jew's  harps  of  bambu,  No.  1698, 
from  Jabin,  shown  in  the  upper  part  of  Fig.  33,  p.  33,  and  tops  or 
teetotems  made  of  entada  beans,  No.  1689. 

Bark  cloth  was  made  throughout  this  region,  but  not  of  fine 
quality.  The  material  is  strong  and  sometimes  decorated  with 
colors  and  curved  stripes.  In  Kela  and  Bukaua  this  kapa  is 
called  po;  in  Kai,  gbola;  in  Jabin,  obo;  in  Poom,  gi;  and  in  the 
Siassi  Islands  the  narrow  strips  used  for  waist  cloth  are  called  mat, 
a  vocable  so  closely  resembling  the  Hawaiian  malo,  a  similar  gar- 
ment. Bark  cloth  occurs  in  many  specimens  used  as  cloth,  and 
more  definitely  in  No.  1769,  the  figured  cloak,  nakwin,  of  a  chief. 
No.  1559  is  a  bunda  or  shield  of  bark  cloth  from  Poom.  Most  of 
the  feather  decorations  from  this  region  are  in  c.  6,  K.,  and  con- 
sist of  the  plumes  of  the  birds  of  paradise  mingled  with  parrot 
feathers.  In  c.  20,  however,  is  a  chief's  cap  of  emu  skin  from 
French  Island;  and  in  c.  18,  No.  1820,  a  band  of  feathers  for  a 
coronet.  Usually  hats  were  not  worn,  but  in  No.  1762,  c.  20,  we 
have  a  cap  of  palm  leaf  from  the  east  coast  of  New  Ireland.  Fore- 
head bauds  are  very  popular  and  are  represented  in  c.  20  in  con- 


44  — 

siderable  number.     The  favorite  decoration  was  the  nassa  shell  and 

dogteeth;  but  braids, 
not  unlike  those  used 
in  the  Solomon  Isl- 
ands, were  also  used, 
as  in  Nos.  1751-53, 
which  remind  one  of 
the  conventional  halo 
of  a  saint.  Combs 
were  certainly  needed 
for  the  dense  wooly 
hair,  and  we  have 
them  made  of  bambu, 
No.  1700,  from  Jabin, 
of  hard  wood  from 
Kela,  and  of  palm 
from  Bukaua.  For 
ornament,  No.  1828, 
consisting  of  •  three 
prongs  with  shell 
pendants,  was  taken 
from  a  chief's  head. 
As  the  people  of  New 
Guinea  cut  and  bind 
their  hair  in  many 
grotesque  fashions 
wooden  hairpins  are 
much  used.  To  un- 

PIG.  44.   FIJIAN  LONG  CLUBS.  dcrstand  how  the  or- 

naments   for    head 
arms,  etc.,  are  worn  one  should  consult  the  collection  of  photographs 


—  45  — 


of  New  Guinea  people  to  be  found  in  the  P.G.  As  their  costume  does 
not  admit  of  buttonholes  they  wear  their  boutomerc  in  an  arm  band  of 
woven  fibre.  No.  1685  is  a  parcel  of  pin  or  shell  rods  4.5  in.  long 
worn  through  the  septum  of  the  nose.  No.  1686  are  shell  hooks 
of  varied  form  to  be  worn  in  the  same  prominent  position.  No. 
1684,  an  ear  ring  of  several  circles  of  tortoise  shell  4  in.  in  diameter. 
No.  1677  is  a  most  remarkable 
chain,  about  125  ft.  long,  com- 
posed of  shell  money  carefully 
made  and  representing  great 
local  value.  No.  1676  is  a  chain 
of  tortoise  shell  links  carefully 
joined.  No.  1 68 1  is  a  good  type 
of  the  engraved  tortoise  shell 
arm  rings,  and  other  patterns 
are  near  by  ;  even  the  common 
coconut  is  enlisted  in  the  num- 
ber of  decorative  rings,  No.  1 726, 
from  Kai.  More  shell  rings  have 
been  noticed  in  c.  18.  Shell 
money  from  this  region  is  well 
made  and  in  great  variety,  and 
specimens  may  be  seen  in  c.  46 
in  the  gallery  with  the  manufac- 
tures of  shell.  A  rather  ghastly 
relic  of  some  cannibal  feast  is  No.  1838,  a  mask  built  upon  a  human 
frontal  bone  with  some  plastic  gum  and  decorated  with  the  wool 
(perhaps)  of  the  victim  :  this  from  New  Britain,  where  this  counte- 
nance is  fashionable  for  dances.  A  collection  to  properly  illustrate 
the  aboriginal  life  of  the  New  Guinea  region,  such  as  can  be  obtained 
even  at  the  present  day,  would  fill  a  room  larger  than  this  hall,  and 


FIG.  45.     FIJIAN   THROWING   CLUBS. 


the  Natural  History  of  this  prolific  region  would  require  as  much 
more  space.  We  have  no  specimen  of  the  curious  korowaa,  of  which 
the  Leiden  museum  possesses  such  a  fine  series,  nor  have  we  the 
odd  wood  "fiddle"  from  New  Ireland. 

Fiji  or  Viti  is  an  important  group   of  the   central   Pacific 
comprising  155  islands,  two-thirds  of  them  inhabited,  and  as  many 

more  islets  and  reefs.  Area  not 
less  than  7500  square  miles, 
extending  in  longitude  from 
175°  E.  to  177°  W.,  and  in  lati- 
tude from  15°  S.  to  22°  S.  The 
formation  is  both  coral  and  vol- 
canic, although  there  are  no 
active  volcanoes.  In  1889  the 
native  population  was  122,012, 
a  fine  race,  all  nominally  Chris- 
tian, although  but  a  few  decades 
removed  from  cannibalism.  Fiji 
is  but  300  miles  from  Samoa, 
and  rather  nearer  Tonga.  As  it 
is  on  the  eastern  limit  of  Mela- 
nesia, the  inhabitants  present  a 
problem  in  ethnological  classi- 
fication, for  while  they  are  dark 
skinned  and  have  wooly  hair, 
they  have  the  finer  features  of  the  Polynesian.  The  language  is  a 
branch  of  the  same  stock  whence  the  Polynesian  languages  have 
been  derived.  While  the  Melauesians  have  many  languages,  Fiji 
has  but  one  of  several  dialects.  Tonga  has  greatly  influenced  its 
Melanesian  neighbor  in  many  things  beside  the  adoption  of  Chris- 
tian missions ;  for  example,  circumcision  (tefe)  is  the  rule  among 


-46 


Polynesians,  but  the  exception  among  Melanesians,  and  it  obtains 
here :  again,  tapu  is  the  law  of  the  land.  Cannibalism  has  pre- 
vailed until  recent  days,  and  many  are  the  relics.  The  manufac- 
ture of  pottery  enabled  the  Fijians  to  have  greater  variety  in  their 
cooked  food,  and  even  omitting  the  piece  de  resistance  their  feasts 
were  very  abundant  and  varied.  There  are  many  valuable  timber 
trees,  hence  the  excellent  quality  of  their  clubs  and  bowls.  The 
vesi  (Afzelia  bijuga),  dakua  ( Agathis  viticnsis),  vaivai  (Scr/- 
anthes  sp.)  and  casuarina  furnish  much  of  the  wood.  In  1875  Fiji 
was  proclaimed  a  British  colony. 

In  the  olden  time  war  was  the  normal  state  among  the  Vitians, 
and  the  population  was  kept  down  in  a  way  that  would  have  de- 
lighted Malthns  ;  indeed  it  has  been  suggested  that  the  practice  of 
anthropophagy  was  invented  to  save  the  greater  trouble  of  burial 
in  the  case  of  the  fallen  warriors.  Weapons  are  abundant  and 
often  exhibit  astonishing  labor  in  carving.  In  the  Musee  de 
Marine  at  the  Louvre,  Paris,  is  a  magnificent  spear  15  ft.  long, 
carved  and  banded  with  sennit,  the  lowest  rank  of  barbs  being 
6  in.  in  diameter,  so  the  weapon  must  have  been  cut  down  from  a 
log  of  more  than  that  diameter.  On  the  outside  of  c.  22  are  simi- 
lar spears,  Nos.  6980,  6981,  although  not  so  large ;  and  in  c.  21  is 
a  spear  bound  with  sennit,  No.  7822  ;  others  are  in  the  spear  trophy 
over  the  chart  of  the  Pacific. 

The  clubs  were  the  favorite  weapon,  however,  and  a  chief 
seldom  went  abroad  without  his  favorite  long  club  and  one  or  more 
throwing  clubs.  Many  of  the  clubs  are  arranged  on  the  ceiling  of 
the  Vitian  alcove,  but  others  are  in  c.  21,  and  many  are  clearly 
shown  in  Figs.  44  and  45.  The  long  clubs  have  been  classified 
into  round,  knotted,  pineapple,  lotus  and  musket  from  their  shape. 
Of  these  the  pineapple,  Nos.  1027,  8696,  c.  21,  are  among  the  most 
prized,  and  the  lotus,  No.  7493,  often  is  most  elaborately  carved. 


No.  1033,  c.  21,  is  a  huge  round  club  weighing  12.5  Ibs.     No.  7823 
is  a  good  musket  club,  and  Nos.  1028,  1037,  1038  on  the  ceiling  are 

examples  of  the  knotted 
club.  Nos.  1030,  1036, 
musket  clubs,  bear  the 
native  name  kea  ka-ca, 
and  are  bound  with  sen- 
nit. No.  1029,  knotted 
club,  is  a  tliiba  drassa, 
and  Nos.  1032,  1039  are 
the  rare  nukanuka  of  a 
chief.  Often  the  knotted 
form  is  inlaid  with  hu- 
man teeth.  The  throw- 
ing clubs  (Fig.  45)  are 
often  skilfully  carved, 

IJU  y  and    a    practised    hand 

will  throw  with  great 
accuracy.  As  the  group 
forms  an  archipelago, 
paddles  were  important, 
and  were  often  made  half 
paddle,  half  club,  as  a 
weapon  was  generally 
needed  on  landing;  No. 
1253,  c.  22,  is  one  of 
these;  the  notches  (51) 
denote  the  number  of 
skirmishes  in  which  it 
had  been  used.  No. 
1984,  c.  21 ,  is  a  tanoa  or  yaqona  bowl,  an  heirloom  of  King  Thakom- 


\ 


* 


FIG  46.     FIJIAN  SPEAR   HEADS. 


—  47  — 


bau,  used  on  all  solemn  occasions.  Awa  drinking  was  a  more 
important  ceremony  in  Samoa  and  Fiji  than.in  the  northern  groups. 
No.  1994,  c.  22,  is  a  wooden  yaqona  strainer.  No.  1992  is  a  coco- 
nut yaqona  cup  with  the  peculiar  stain  of  the  yaqona  still 
visible.  No.  6979,  c.  22,  is  a  yaqona  bowl  in  form  of  a  tortoise,  a 
form  peculiar  to  the 
priesthood.  Nos. 
1990,  1991  are  canni- 
bal dishes,  and  as  the 
dish  was  tapu  from 
its  use,  and  not  to  be 
touched  by  a  slave, 
the  curious  handle  is 
provided.  Nos.  1989, 
19893,  c.  22,  are  can- 
nibal forks,  imple- 
ments which  were 
kept  with  the  greatest 
care.  No.  1995,  mor- 
tar for  crushing  betel 
nuts  ;  the  pointed  end 
was  planted  in  the 
ground.  No.  1993, 
pestle  for  madrai 
(Fijian  poi  of  yams). 
No.  1988  is  a  kitu  or 
oil  bottle  of  coconut;  oil  took  the  place  of  butter  at  their  feasts. 
Nos.  2013,  2014  are  oil  dishes.  Nos.  2016-21  are  food  dishes  or 
bowls,  which  often  show  considerable  variety  in  design  as  well  as 
care  in  execution.  Near  these  are  No.  2022,  a.  spoon  or  scoop  of 
turtle  bone;  Nos.  2023,  2024,  similar  implements  of  palm  wood, 


FIG.  47.     FIJIAN    POTTERY. 


the  latter  carved.  The  pottery  in  this  case  is  made  with  care, 
although  not  so  large  and  hard  baked  as  the  immense  cooking 
jars,  the  largest  of  which  could  contain  a  human  body ;  the  designs 
are  often  curious  and  not  suggestive  of  any  particular  use ;  the 
glaze  is  obtained  by  rubbing  the  hot  biscuit  with  the  gum  of  the 

damar  tree  (Agathis 

"^j^i'  vitiensis),  of  which  a 

specimen  is  No.  6972. 
This  is  a  closely  allied 
species  to  that  of  New 
Zealand.  No.  2026  is 
a  specimen  that  must 
attract  attention  from 
its  intimate  connec- 
tion with  the  canni- 
bal dishes  and  forks 
in  the  same  case  ;  it  is 
a  wig  of  human  wool, 
the  person  to  which 
it  originally  belonged 
having  been  eaten  in 
1862,  and  his  host 
wishing  to  remember 
the  pleasant  event 
had  the  wig  made,  not 
an  uncommon  thing. 
Wool  of  this  dense  character  would  naturally  require  stout  combs 
or  "ticklers,"  and  these  are  provided  in  Nos.  7980,  7981  ;  a  lighter 
form  in  No.  7982,  c.  21.  To  cover  this  enormous  head  of  wool  the 
Vitiau  used  no  hat,  but  a  turban  of  fine  white  kapa  (masi  or  malo), 
Nos.  2027,  2028,  c.  22.  To  beat  this  kapa  a  beater,  at  iki,  of  form 


—48— 


resembling  the  Hawaiian  but  tapering  from  the  handle  to  the  head, 
No.  1998,  c.  22.  The  dresses  of  kapa,  of  which  Nos.  7969,  7990, 
7991  are  fine  examples,  were  stamped  much  as  the  kapas  of  Samoa 
but  with  more  artistic  feeling.  A  curious  roll  of  bambu  groved 
for  lining  kapa  is  No.  2006,  c.  22.  Other  dresses  of  fibre,  Nos. 
7501,  7502,  are  in  c.  21,  and  were  for  the  use  of  women  only.  Fans 
of  pandanus  leaf,  No.  2029,  c.  22,  were  stout  but  not  beautiful. 

Pillows,  kali,  were  of  the  neck-bearing  class,  and  either  a 
round  rod  with  legs  more  or  less  carved,  No.  1986,  c.  22,  or  a  more 
massive  carving  from  a  single  block,  No.  1987,  c.  22.  For  the 
noise  that  delights  the  heart  of  a  Pacific  islander  drums  were  hol- 
lowed from  some  hard  wood,  No.  1985,  c.  22,  but  generally  much 
larger  than  the  specimen  exhibited,  and  the  universal  tritou  shell 
horn,  No.  2005,  was  used,  the  latter  especially  in  war.  While  the 
wool  was  considered  the  chief  ornament  other  matters  were  not 
disdained,  and  the  teeth  of  whales  were  much  esteemed,  either 
strung  carefully  into  necklaces,  No.  2031,  c.  22,  or  a  single  large 
polished  tooth,  No.  2032,  c.  21 ,  the  latter  a  most  appropriate  gift  for 
a  person  from  whom  a  favor  is  to  be  asked.  A  stone  adze  is  shown, 
No.  2030,  c.  21 ,  and  another  with  the  handle,  No.  7992,  in  the  same 
case.  A  cup,  of  coconut,  with  a  braided  wiper,  of  coir,  attached  is 
No.  2000,  c.  22.  A  beautifully  woven  basket  coffin  is  No.  1997,  c.  22. 
In  c.  A  is  a  model  of  a  full  rigged  canoe  ;  note  the  mat  sail  and  the 
crescent  mast  head.  Many  photographs  of  Fijians  are  in  P.G. 

Micronesia. — "The  little  islands"  is  a  term  applied  to  the 
whole  region  of  the  Pacific  north  of  the  large  Melanesia!!  islands, 
bounded  by  the  Marshall  and  Gilbert  Islands  on  the  east,  the 
Marianas  on  the  west,  between  the  parallels  13°  N.  and  3°  S.  The 
islands  Guam  (and  others  of  the  Marianas),  Kusaie,  Ponape,  Ebon, 
and  a  few  others  are  high,  volcanic  islands,  but  the  far  greater  part 


are  low  coral  atolls,  coral  reef  and  sand.     The  Caroline  Islands 
consist  of  nearl}'  fifty  groups  with   between  400  and  500  islands. 

They  cover  an  area  of  360 
square  miles.  With  the 
exception  of  Guam  they 
belong  to  Germany,  as  does 
also  the  Marshall  group. 
The  Ruk  group,  composed 
of  ten  high,  basaltic  islands 
in  an  immense  lagoon,  with 
perhaps  60  islets  on  the 
bounding  reef,  has  an  esti- 
mated population  of  15,- 
ooo,  of  two  distinct  races, 
not  always  friendly.  The 
Mortlock  group  includes 
Satoan,  Lukunor  and  Etal, 
with  a  population  of  3400, 
of  Samoan  origin.  The 
Marshall  Islands  are  dis- 
posed in  two  parallel  lines 
of  atolls,  at  no  point  nearer 
to  each  other  than  200 
miles.  The  western  range 
is  called  Ralic  and  the 
eastern  Ratack.  The  pop- 
I  ulation  is  less  than  10,000. 

FIG.  48.     RUK   EAR  ORNAMENT. 

to  Great  Britain  and  con- 
sist of  some  sixteen  atolls,  with  50,000  inhabitants.  The  area  is  not 
more  than  150  square  miles.  The  inhabitants  are  dark,  resembling 


the  Hawaiians,  and  have  been  Christianized  by  the  missionaries  of 
the  American  and  Hawaiian  Boards,  and  the  Bible  has  been  trans- 
lated into  the 
language  of  the 
group  by  Rev. 
Hiram  B  i  u  g- 
ham,  D.D.  The 
people  of  Micro- 
nesia have  been 
divided  into 
four  groups,  the 
Chamorrosofthe 
Marianas,  who 
were  nearly  ex- 
terminated by 
their  Spanish 
conquerors  in 
the  seventeenth 
century,  but 
who  were  light- 
er colored  and 
more  civilized 
than  their  east- 
ern neighbors  ; 
the  Caroline  Isl- 
anders, who  are 
rather  slight  in 


!••!<!.  til.    CORAL   PESTLES   FUO.M    KrK. 

build  but  well  proportioned,  darker  than  the  Polynesians  and  with 
a  Mongolian  trace  in  features;  the  Marshall  Islanders,  who  are 
darker  and  more  vigorous ;  and  last,  the  Gilbert  Islanders,  who 

HANDBOOK  B.  P.  B.  M.— 4. 


49- 

are  darkest  of  all.     For  farther  geographical  information  the  visitor 
is  referred  to  the  large  map  on  the  gallery  wall,  and  to  the  Index 

to  the  Islands 
of  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  Memoirs 
of  the  Museum, 
vol.  i,  No.  2. 
The  collections 
from  Micronesia 
are  in  cases  23 
(Caroline  Ids.), 
24  (Mar shall 
Ids.),  25  (Gil- 
bert Ids.),  and  in 
the  central  case 
B ;  also  on  the 
ceiling  above 
the  entrance  end 
of  the  hall  are 
m any  of  the 
shark  teeth 
spears.  We  may 
begin  with  the 
most  advanced 
group  of  the  Car- 
olines where  we 
find  the  loom 


No.  2064,  used  for  weaving  fine  mats  from  hibiscus  and  banana  fibre, 
to  serve  as  dress  for  women,  and  the  smaller  Idom  for  weaving  the 
tol  or  belt  worn  by  the  men  above  their  loin  cloth.  Two  of  these 


looms  or  frames  of  slightly  differing  pat- 
terns are  in  c.  B,  Nos.  7798,  6801.  The 
products  of  these  hang  above  them,  and 
the  old  ones,  Nos.  4876,  8789,  c.  B,  are  far 
more  artistic  than  the  modern  product 
where  foreign -dyed  worsteds  are  intro- 
duced, Nos.  3355,  3362,  c.  23.  The  ancient 
work  has  a  flavor  of  Java  and  the  best 
work  of  Siam  about  it.  The  mats  or 
dresses  for  women,  made  on  the  larger 
loom,  of  banana  fibre,  Nos.  3242,  3356-59, 
and  of  hau  fibre,  Nos.  3243-46,  are  shown 
on  the  back  of  c.  23.  The  end  patterns  are 
often  very  attractive  and  show  both  taste 
and  skill  in  weaving.  A  simpler  dress  for 
men  is  No.  3363,  c.  23,  a  chief's  dress  from 
Ponape,  pandanus  leaves  crimped.  Coni- 
cal hats  from  Ruk,  Nos.  3513,  3514,  on  the 
alcove  ceiling,  No.  3515,  c.  23,  made  of  pan- 
danus leaves,  are  worn  when  reef-fishing ; 
the  same  form  obtains  at  Guam,  No.  8959, 
c.  B,  and  elsewhere  in  the  archipelago. 
Of  the  ornaments  few  strike  a  stranger 
more  than  the  immense  ear  ornament,  No. 
8064,  c.  23  (Fig.  48).  It  is  the  custom  at 
Ruk  and  elsewhere  to  perforate  the  lobe  of 
the  ear,  much  as  women  do  in  more  civil- 
ized countries ;  but  the  islanders  stretch 
this  hole  by  means  of  quadrangular  prisms 
of  breadfruit  wood  painted  and  decorated, 
Nos.  3327-30,  c.  23,  until  the  mutilated  lobe 
would  admit  the  passage  of  a  man's  arm. 


-50  — 


FIG.  Ml.     SHARK    TEETH    SWOIUS. 


A  red  cord  in  the  specimen  serves  to  show 
the  size  (6  in.)  of  the  distended  lobe,  and 
at  the  same  time  to  hold  the  58  coconut 
shell  split  rings  which  hold  the  ornament 
in  place.  When  the  former  owner  sold  this, 
his  only  decoration,  he  felt  so  unbalanced 
(it  weighs  8.2  oz.)  that  he  took  off  his  shirt, 
rolled  it  up  and  passed  it  through  the 
emptied  lobe  and  so  went  ashore.  Nos. 
3425,  3426  are  similar  but  smaller  ear 
ornaments  from  Ruk  a.nd  Lukunor.  Nos. 
3425-30  are  strings  of  coconut  beads  used 
for  the  same  purpose.  Nos.  3319-24,  7459 
are  necklaces  formed  of  transverse  sections 
of  a  small  variety  of  coconut,  graduated  so 
as  to  be  smaller  at  either  end  and  very 
neatly  fastened  together  by  a  flexible  braid. 
The  whole  nut  shells  are  No.  3325,  and 
these  are  often  attached  to  the  necklace  to 
contain  talk  or  tobacco,  as  in  Nos.  3318, 
3323.  No.  3412  is  a  belt  of  coconut  beads, 
2.5X  24  in.,  from  Ruk  (see  Fig.  32,  No.  16). 
Other  belts  peculiar  to  this  region  are  com- 
posed of  strands  of  beads  of  coconut  or 
shell,  varying  in  width  from  five  to  sixteen 
strands,  kept  apart  at  regular  intervals  by 
perforated  wood  strips,  as  shown  in  Fig. 
32,  p.  32,  Nos.  14,  17;  No.  8064  is  a  belt 
of  these  coconut  beads  used  as  a  head  band 
in  conjunction  with  a  hairpin  of  wood 
capped  with  a  terebra  and  meleagrina  shell; 
Nos.  3384,  3385  are  for  the  same  use  with 


smaller  pins;  Nos.  3377,  3378,  3382,  3383  are  hairpins  without 
the  band.  Nos.  8804,  8805  are  necklaces  of  the  shell  Engina 
incndicaria .  No.  8803,  a  necklace  of  red  spondylus  beads,  which 
are  highly  valued  in  this  region.  Similar  ones  are  No.  3417  with 
bone  pendants,  and  No.  3418  with  black  and  white  beads.  No. 
3408  is  a  stiff  head  band  of  brown  Mclampus  and  white  Coliunbella 
shells.  As  might  be  inferred  from  the  insular  situation  shell 
money  was  made  here  in  quantity  and  used  to  purchase  com- 
modities from  other  places.  No.  5637,  c.  23,  is  a  string  of  shell 
money  from  the  Mortlock  group,  and  No.  3409  are  bracelets  made 
of  this  currency.  In  the  Carolines  there  was  perhaps  the  largest 
representative  of  money  simply  ever  known, — the  huge  shell  rings 
as  big  as  a  millstone,  but  this  Museum  has  not  yet  obtained  this. 
As  in  New  Guinea  so  here  tortoise  shell  was  used  for  rings  or 
bracelets  worn  singly  by  men,  Nos.  2472-75.  Before  leaving  the 
personal  ornaments  we  must  notice  one  of  woman's  greatest  orna- 
ments,— a  work  basket,  No.  7082  ;  this  is  of  common  form  but  the 
contents  are  quite  different  to  those  that  fill  a  similar  basket  for  a 
white  woman  :  two  shells  take  the  place  of  scissors,  a  lobster  claw 
serves  to  smooth  the  work  and  act  as  thimble,  while  fibre  of  various 
colors  beautifully  wound  on  bambu  and  rolled  up  in  banana  leaf 
takes  the  place  of  thread.  A  woman  who  could  work  well  with 
such  rude  tools,  and  many  can,  deserves  the  scarf  or  dress  of  honor. 
Nos.  3356-59,  c.  23,  woven  in  the  loom  from  black  banana  fibre 
brightened  with  the  colored  thread  of  the  work  basket.  No.  3451 
is  red  ochre  used  as  paint  on  Ruk  ;  but  the  pigment  most  prized  on 
Ruk  was  iaik  or  tike,  Nos.  3294-96,  c.  23.  It  is  said  to  be  prepared 
from  a  species  of  ginger  and  is  used  for  rouge.  Usually  made  in 
January  the  paste  is  cast  in  small  coconut  cups,  No.  3299,  and  when 
dry  wrapped  in  strips  of  vegetable  fibre.  This  is  sold  in  large  quan- 
tities to  Mortlock  people,  three  taik  being  equal  in  value  to  a  musket. 


For  pounding  poi  or  grinding  taik  a  pestle  of  coral  resembling 

in  general  form  the  Ha- 
waiian poi  pounders, 
but  made  of  coral  rock 
(Fig.  49);  the  top  is  fur- 
nished with  one  or  two 
knobs  or  points,  Nos. 
3290-92,  8982,  c.  23.  A 
wooden  pounder,  No. 
7075,  and  one  of  stone 
well  finished  from  Ku- 
saie,  No.  7076,  are  also 
from  the  Carolines. 
Bowls  of  breadfruit 
wood,  from  Ruk,  of  ob- 
long shape,  Nos.  3277- 
79,  are  in  c.  B.  Nos. 
3267,  3268,  a  spoon  and 
saucer  moulded  from 
tortoise  shell  bear  the 
marks  of  foreign  influ- 
ence. No.  4017,  c.  B, 
is  a  wooden  box  and 
cover  of  a  form  common 
here  but  not  more  so 
than  in  Malaysia.  No. 
3547  is  a  quadrangular 
bowl  for  food.  Nos. 
FIC.  r.i.  (iii.KKitT  ISLANDS  ARMOR.  328 1 -84  are  specimens  of 

the  most  important  agricultural  tool  in  use  among  the  people  of 
Ruk ,  a  hoe  of  turtle  bone  attached  to  a  short  handle,  used  for  digging 


-52 

taro,  etc.  No.  3306  is  a  shuttle  for  fish  nets,  oblong,  with  a  tongue 
in  the  middle.  No. 
3305  is  a  net  partly 
made  from  a  fibre  said 
to  be  seaweed.  Nos. 
3444-47.  c-  24,  are 
hand  nets  used  by 
Ruk  women  on  the 
reef.  Nos.  4013,  4014 
are  adzes  of  the  shell 
of  Tridacna  gigas. 
No.  3480,  c.  A,  is  a 
model  of  a  common 
canoe  at  Nukuor; 
usual  length  1  2  to  1  8 
ft.  ;  made  of  bread- 
fruit wood  and  carry- 
ing six  men  ;  they  are 
fitted  with  mast  and 
sail  of  mat.  No.  5442, 
c.  A,  is  a  model  of  a 
canoe  from  Ruk. 
No.  5443  is  a  model  of 
a  chief's  canoe  from 
Lukunor,  Mortlock 
Ids.;  usual  length, 
30  ft.;  made  of  bread- 
fruit wood  bound  to- 
gether with  sennit  ; 

chief  sits  on  a  projection  opposite  the  outrigger.     Nos.  3301,  3302 
are  carved  end  pieces  for  a  canoe;  others  are  on  the  ceiling.   No,  3493 


FI(J-  •"-•   I'AIST  ("'"  ''ASH  ?z,  OIT-HERT 


is  a  sleeping  mat  of  pandanus  leaves  curiously  joined  ;  its  structure 
permits  it  to  be  readily  rolled  up,  and  the  portion  unrolled  serves 
as  a  cool  elastic  bed,  while  the  remainder  is  a  good  pillow;  these 
mats  are  of  various  widths  and  lengths.  No.  3343,  c.  23,  is  a  fan 
of  palm  leaf  from  Ponape.  No.  5631  is  the  rudest  form  of  a  palm 
leaf  basket.  Nos.  3348,  7796  are  baskets  of  coconut  fibre  closely 
woven  and  closed  at  top  by  two  straight,  stiff  edges.  No.  3346,  a 
round  basket,  of  pandanus;  a  common  form. 

A  rough  coral  rock  hardly  detached  from  the  reef  where  it  was 
formed,  and  with  shells  still  clinging  to  its  crevices,  is  a  fair  speci- 
men of  the  idols  of  this  region.  NGatic  is  responsible  for  this  ugly 
thing,  but  all  other  groups  were  equally  guilty,  No.  7116.  When 
the  Carolineans  attempted  to  represent  the  human  figure  they  had 
little  better  success.  Apparently  they  had  a  certain  canon  to  which 
all  were  carved ;  the  bodies  were  long,  the  limbs  short,  and  the 
faces  did  not  exist,  but  the  frontal  region  terminated  in  a  blank 
point  where  the  chin  should  be,  Nos.  7814,  8151,  c.  23.  In  the 
museum  at  Hamburg  are  many  of  these  images  of  considerable 
size,  but  all  of  one  family;  one  from  Nukuor  was  66  in.  high. 
No.  7079  is  a  wooden  box  for  the  ring  money;  No.  7081,  from 
Kusaie;  No.  7112,  from  NGatic.  No.  7073  is  a  breadfruit  splitter 
from  Kusaie,  and  No.  7074  a  similar  one  from  Ruk.  No.  7805  is 
a  tatuiug  tool  from  Ponape. 

For  games  there  was  considerable  variety.  Nos.  3442,  3443 
are  cubes  of  plaited  pandanus  leaves  used  in  playing  ball.  No. 
3452  is  a  dance  paddle  ;  these  were  common,  and  Nos.  3549-55  are 
dancing  wands,  about  five  or  six  feet  long,  slightly  enlarged  at  the 
ends,  and  used  to  beat  time ;  several  are  on  the  ceiling  of  the 
alcove.  Nos.  5633,  5634  are  wooden  masks  of  large  size  from 
Ponape,  painted  white,  with  black  trimmings,  used  iu  dances;  on 
the,  w-all  over  c.  31  in  the  gallery.  Nos.  3448-50  are  reed  nose- 


—  53  — 


flutes  from  Ruk.  No.  3511,  c.  23,  is  a  model  of  a  chief's  house, 
and  No.  3512  on  the  top  of  c.  31  is  larger:  both  from  Kusaie. 

The  Caroline  Islanders  certainly  had  weapons,  although  they 
are  not  much  in  evidence  here.  Nos.  837-41  are  spears  of  palm 
wood  with  stings  of  ray  (  Trvgon  paslinaca)  set  in  clay  or  gum  ; 
one  is  on  the  outside  of  the  case,  others  are  over  the  chart.  No. 
3437  is  a  hand  weapon  of  shark  teeth,  sting  ray  pricks,  etc.;  and 
No.  3438  is  a  similar  ugly  but  inefficient  weapon.  Nos.  3308-17 
are  slings  of  coconut  fibre,  well  made,  used  to  kill  chickens,  and 
also  by  men  to  fasten  their  back  hair  which  they  suffer  to  grow 
long ;  some  of  these  are  thick  and  rather  clumsy.  The  crown  of 
painted  wood,  No.  3476,  c.  23,  was  worn  by  the  women  of  Mokil 
on  the  arrival  of  the  missionary  vessel  Morning  Star. 

Going  eastward  we  find  the  Marshall  Islanders  one  of  the  most 
remarkable  seafaring  people  of  the  Pacific.  Not  only  are  their 
canoes  elaborate  and  seaworthy,  but  they  alone  of  all  the  islanders 
had  charts  and  a  compass.  They  also  knew  how  so  preserve  their 
food  in  very  portable  form  for  long  voyages.  The  chart  or  mede, 
now  no  longer  made  or  used,  hardly  understood  by  the  present 
generation,  No.  7520,  has  been  thoroughly  studied  by  my  friend 
Dr.  Schick,  of  Hamburg.  Models  of  the  canoes  are  in  c.  A,  Nos. 
755°.  7799-  A  canoe  bailer,  No.  8787,  reminds  one  in  form, 
although  not  in  execution,  of  those  in  New  Zealand.  The  compass 
is  No.  3481 .  The  gum  used  to  calk  a  canoe  is  shown  in  No.  7825, 
c.  24.  The  food  taken  in  the  canoes  was  mainly  of  pandanus 
(Jenquin),  and  was  carefully  rolled  up,  Nos.  7819,  7820,  7089, 
c.  24.  In  later  years  tobacco  was  packed  in  the  same  way  for  a 
voyage,  No.  5330.  A  pair  of  coconut  bottles,  No.  3289,  and  fish 
hooks  of  shell,  strong  and  well  made,  Nos.  3453-59,  4019-22,  were 
to  be  found  in  every  canoe.  No.  7808,  c.  24,  is  a  well  carved  shark 
hook' from  Ebon.  The  absence  of  stone  from  the  Marshall  and 


Gilbert  Islands  brings  into  use  the  stone-like  shell  of  the  tridacna, 
and  we  have  in  Nos.  3285-87  shell  adzes  of  rather  clumsy  appear- 
ance but  efficient.  A  manufacture  formerly  exported  to  these 
Hawaiian  Islands  is  shown  in  Nos.  3303,  3304,  7809,  c.  24,  a  coco- 
nut cord  covered  with  a  neat  braid  of  pandanus  in  two  colors. 
The  plain  coconut  cord,  No.  3307,  c.  24,  is  rolled  in  a  way  common 


FIG.  r,3.     (JILHKHT    ISLANDS   SHELL    ADXKS. 

in  the  Pacific,  and  found  by  American  inventors  the  best  way  to 
hold  the  cord  together ;  much  modern  cord  is  wound  in  this  way 
by  machinery.  Another  winding  is  shown  in  the  ball,  No.  8704, 
c.  24,  used  as  a  buffer  or  fender.  No.  3385  is  a  fan  of  tortoise 
shell  from  Ebon.  No.  3347  is  a  basket,  of  pandanus,  decorated 
with  yellow  and  brown  zigzag  bands,  from  Calvert's  Id.  No.  3349, 


—  54  — 


a  basket  or  satchel  from  Jaltiit.  Nos.  3379-81,  c.  24,  are  two- 
pronged  hairpins  from  Arno. 

The  Gilbert  Islanders  have  been  noted  in  time  past  for  their 
weapons  of  shark  teeth,  and  their  curious  armor  of  coconut  fibre; 
so  utterly  has  this  last  withdrawn  before  firearms  that  the  present 
generation  canuot  tell  how  the  tough,  close-woven  armor  was  made. 
In  c.  B  may  be  seen  a  number  of  the  cuirasses,  skull  caps  and 
more  flexible  jackets  and  trousers,  which  are,  however,  of  such 
harshness  that  a  white  man's  skin  would  have  a  hard  time  wearing 
such  protection.  Another  piece  of  defensive  armor  was  the  war 
belt  of  sunfish  skin,  Nos.  3544-46,  c.  Br  This  is  soaked  in  sea 
water  a  long  time  until  flexible,  and  when  put  on  soon  hardens  to 
the  shape  of  the  body  ;  the  surface  is  very  sharp.  The  spears  are 
often  17  ft.  long,  of  coconut  wood,  with  the  teeth  of  several  kinds 
of  shark  fastened  into  grooves  with  coconut  cord ;  most  of  these 
are  on  the  ceiling  at  this  end  of  the  hall,  but  enough  for  inspection 
are  on  the  outside  of  c.  25.  Swords  were  both  curved  and  straight 
(Fig.  50),  and  were  a  formidable  weapon.  A  knife  made  in  the 
same  manner  but  much  smaller  is  shown  in  various  forms  in 
c.  25,  Nos.  3274,  5108,  7091-93.  Clubs  of  whale  rib,  No.  8972, 
c.  B;  of  coconut  wood,  Nos,  3376,  5647,  c.  B,  of  short  thick 
form,  and  the  more  artistic  and  longer  pinnate  palm  clubs, 
No.  8086,  c.  B,  and  others  on  the  alcove  ceiling,  completed  the 
offensive  weapons. 

All  through  Micronesia  idols  were  scarce  and  of  the  rudest 
form.  A  sea-worn  mass  of  coral  hardly  shaped  by  the  hand  of 
man,  was  the  highest  aim.  No.  3293,  c.  25,  is  Taopunau,  a 
family  god  who  cures  diseases  and  helps  in  danger  on  the  sea : 
this  from  Apaiang.  War  was  more  important  than  religion,  and 
we  find  no  temples ;  the  few  shapeless  idols,  if  not  kept  in  private 
residences,  remained  on  the  reef.  But  the  Gilbert  Islanders  were 


not  without  good  implements.  Their  hooks  were  of  various  kinds. 
Nos.  3461,  5813,  c.  B,  shark  hooks  from  Bonabe  or  Ocean  Id. 
Others  from  the  same  island  are  curious  hooks  with  cylindrical 
shanks  of  stalactite  to  which  is  bound  a  bone  hook,  Nos.  3463-69. 
The  adzes  were  of  shell,  as  shown  in  Fig.  53,  heavily  handled  but 
not  remarkable,  Nos.  8792,  8793.  A  wooden  breadfruit  splitter  is 
No.  7626,  c.  B.  A  heavy  club  made  both  of  wood  and  of  shell  or 
coral  rock,  Nos.  5650,  7109,  c.  B,  of  wood  from  Kusaie,  No.  7832 
of  coral  rock  from  Pouape,  were  used  throughout  Micronesia  to 
flatten  the  pandanus  leaves  used  for  mats.  Mats  were  a  very  im- 
portant part  of  the  house  furnishing  and  were  well  made  and  very 
durable;  examples  are  in  c.  B.  Baskets  and  satchels  of  pandanus 
are  in  considerable  variety  in  c.  25.  Nos.  3352,  3353,  c.  25,  were 
made  by  the  women  of  Tapiteuea  for  trade.  A  loom-woven  mat 
dress,  No.  3372,  c.  25,  is  from  Makin.  Shell  money  was  made  as 
usual  of  disks  of  white  shell  and  black  coconut,  Nos.  3432-35. 
No.  3275,  bracelets  of  shell  money,  are  worthy  of  notice  as  made 
with  almost  machine-like  accuracy.  Other  ornaments  were  abund- 
ant but  consisted  largely  of  shell  and  coconut.  The  flat  heads  of 
cone  shells  were  very  popular,  No.  3407.  Nos.  3386,  3387  are 
fillets  worn  by  little  girls  at  Apaiang.  No.  3391,  necklace  of  white 
bivalves.  No.  3405,  necklace  of  25  teeth  filed.  No.  3406,  neck- 
lace of  white  cypraea  shells.  Nos.  3422-24,  necklaces  for  men, 
coconut  beads  with  various  pendants.  Nos.  3419-21,  collar  of 
coconut  beads.  Nos.  3439-41,  sticks  strung  with  shells,  used  in 
dances.  Among  the  manufactures  of  coir  are  the  fine  rope,  No. 
7845,  c.  B,  and  the  cord,  No.  7837,  rolled  and  used  as  a  boat  fender. 
At  Majuro  was  made  a  cord  plaited  with  pandanus,  No.  4018,  c.  25, 
similar  to  that  made  on  the  Marshall  Ids. 

Canoes  of  the  Gilbert  Ids.  were  like  those  of  the  neighboring 
groups,  and  a  fisher's  canoe  made  of  small  pieces  of  wood  sewed 


—  55  — 


[«•]<;.  r,-l.     IXTICKIOK    OF    POLYNESIAN    HALL,    I'ltdM    Til  1C    I  HAITI'    EMI. 


—  56  — 


together,  with  outrigger  and  mat  sail,  No.  7111,  a  gift  of  Rev.  W. 
N.  Louo,  is  over  the  entrance  to  the  gallery. 

Gallery  in  Polynesian  Hall. — A  very  brief  description  of 
the  contents  of  the  gallery  cases  must  be  given  here,  and  it  will  be 
more  in  the  nature  of  a  table  of  contents  than  an  index.  This  is 
not  that  the  Natural  History  collections  are  deemed  of  minor  im- 
portance, for  if  there  was  case  room  in  the  building  it  would  be  the 
desire  of  the  Staff  to  fill  it  all  with  such  specimens  of  biological 
importance  as  could  be  gathered  from  the  still  unstudied  portion  of 
the  Pacific,  but  because  it  is  hoped  that  in  the  near  future  special 
handbooks  to  the  different  zoological  collections  may  be  prepared. 

The  collection  of  madreporarian  and  other  corals  is  a  good 
one,  but  we  cannot  forget  that  if  specimens  of  all  corals  that  grow 
in  this  region  were  included  this  entire  gallery  would  be  filled. 
Cases  28-31,  48  and  49  are  devoted  to  this  department;  c.  49  con- 
tains fine  madrepores  from  Fiji  which  extend  also  into  c.  48  where 
are  specimens  of  blue  coral  (Hcliopora  ccernlca},  and  corals  from 
the  Waikiki  reef.  In  c.  28  are  large  brain  corals  (Diploria), 
Seriatopora,  Afussa,  Kuphvllia,  etc.  In  c.  29  are  the  black  corals 
{Dendrophyllia),  from  Fiji  and  the  Gilbert  Ids.,  Pavouia,  Turbi- 
naria,  Merulina,  Hvdnophora,  Tridacophvllia,  etc.  In  c.  30  are 
the  red  corals  from  Micronesia  and  a  good  series  of  mushroom 
corals  (Fmigia).  In  c.  31  are  the  cup  corals  (Haloniitra},  No. 
2723,  the  red  organ  coral  (  Tubipora),  No.  2704,  Pacliyscris,  Podo- 
baria,  etc.  Here  also  are  sea  fans  {Rkipidogorgia)  and  a  Neptune's 
goblet  (Potcrion),  No.  8045.  A  section  of  c.  49  is  shown  in  Fig.  55, 
also  one  of  the  shell  drawers  partly  open. 

The  collection  of  shells  belonging  to  the  Museum  is  one  of  the 
most  important,  containing  nearly  10,000  species.  It  was  origi- 
nally gathered  by  Andrew  Garrett,  and  has  been  largely  increased. 


In  the  rail  cases  is  an  index  collection  showing  generally  several 
species  of  each  genus,   and  with  references  to  the  numbered  and 

easily  accessible 
drawers  which  con- 
tain the  bulk  of  the 
collection.  These 
shells  have  just  been 
rearranged  by  Mr. 
Stokes  on  the  most 
modern  system  ac- 
cording to  Dr.  W. 
H.  Dall.  Large  uni- 
valves are  in  c.  47 ; 
so  are  the  cephalo- 
pods  in  spirits,  and 
a  large  Triton  with 
the  technical  names 
of  various  parts  clear- 
ly designated.  Inc.  46 
are  the  large  bivalves 
(the  huge  Tridacnas 
are  on  top  of  the  gal- 
lery cases),  and  the 
manufactures  of  shell 
include  shell  money. 
A  bivalve  in  this  case 
is  marked  as  was  the 
Triton  among  the 
univalves.  The  Ha- 
waiian laud  shells  are  in  H.G.,  but  specimens  are  in  the  regular 
series  here.  A  cast  of  the  gigantic  Octopus  pundatus  hangs  over  c.  B. 


FIG. 


SKIT  lux    UK    I'UIS.M.   TASK    4'.l. 


—  57  — 


FIG.  5li.     THE    KJ\M    (>!•"    NEW    ZKA  I.A  N'TI. 


The  non-Hawaiian  birds  are  in  various  cases.  In  c.  32  are 
specimens  of  the  kiwi  (Aptcryx)  of  New  Zealand,  including  a 
skeleton  and  egg,  the  latter  enormous  in  proportion  to  the  bird 
(Fig.  56).  With  these  are  photographs  of  the  Dinornis  or  Moa, 
showing  the  great  size  to  which  this  family  of  wingless  birds  at- 
tained. In  c.  33  are  other  New  Zealand  birds  including  the  Kea 
parrot,  No.  7291  (skeleton  in  c.  38),  so  destructive  to  sheep  by  de- 
vouring the  kidney  fat;  the  Huia  from  which  feather  capes  were 
made,  Nos.  7537  S  ,  7538  ?  :  note  the  difference  of  bill  in  the  sexes  ; 
the  Tui,  Nos.  7282.?  ,  7283  9  .  In  c.  34  is  a  fine  pigeon,  No.  7297, 
and  other  New  Zealand  birds,  together  with  woods,  kauri  gum, 
and  "vegetable  caterpillars"  from  the  same  group. 

Case  35  is  devoted  to  marine  zoology  and  has  a  fair  representa- 
tion of  genera  of  star-fish  and  sea-urchins  found  in  the  Pacific. 
Among  the  sponges,  Hyaloncma,  No.  7970,  etc.,  I-luplcctella,  No. 
8997 ;  also  specimens  of  the  noted  Pacific  product  beche  de  mer, 
No.  5775.  Case  36  has  a  very  large  male  Kaempferia,  the  giant 
among  crabs,  with  a  stretch  of  12.5  ft.;  and  among  other  crusta- 
ceans I-.chidnoccrus,  Nos.  7883-85.  Case  37  contains  Australian 
reptiles,  the  large  python,  the  deadly  black  snake,  many  strange 
lizards,  and  a  wonderfully  realistic  cast  of  an  Arizona  rattlesnake 
to  show  how  Art  can  supplement  Nature.  In  cc.  38-39  are  skele- 
tons of  an  "old  man"  kangaroo,  emu,  seal,  lace  lizard,  albatross, 
kea,  lyre  bird,  penguin,  etc.  In  c.  40-41  are  mounted  specimens 
of  marsupials,  including  the  Thylacine  of  Tasmania,  Cuscus  of 
Solomon  Ids.,  Ornithorhyncus,  Kchidna,  Petaurus,  Myrmecobius, 
Koala,  Notoryctes  typhlops,  and  a  series  of  foetal  kangaroos  cover- 
ing the  period  of  attachment  to  the  nipple  in  the  pouch. 

Case  42  contains  Australian  birds  and  nests.  The  bower  bird, 
laughing  jackass,  magpie,  rifle  bird,  parrots  and  other  well  known 
Australian  types  are  well  represented.  In  central  c.  C  are  the 


emu,  penguin,  lyre  bird,  pelican,  and  black  swan  of  Australia. 
In  c.  43  are  birds  from  New  Guinea,  Fiji,  Samoa,  and  other  parts 
of  the  Pacific.  The  birds  of  paradise  in  their  curious  plumage,  the 
brilliant  colors  of  the  kingfishers  and  pigeons  will  always  attract 
attention.  Among  the  pigeons  none  is  more  remarkable  than  the 
Didunculiis  of  Samoa,  the  last  surviving  relic  of  the  extinct  Dodo  of 
Mauritius.  F'rom  Samoa  also  comes  the  heron,  ncniicgrctta  sacra, 
with  its  summer  and  winter  plumage  (white  and  black)  in  a  coun- 
try where  there  is  neither  summer  nor  winter.  Case  44  contains  a 
large  southern  albatross  (  Diomcdca  c.viilans),  hornbills,  mina, 
false  mina,  man-of-war  hawk,  and  an  emu  egg  half  hatched. 
Case  45  contains  a  mounted  specimen  of  Stis  papitcuxis,  Port  Jack- 
son shark,  Ceratodus  or  lung  fish,  Hippocampus,  porcupine  fish, 
and  flying  foxes. 

Besides  these  specimens  of  the  Natural  History  of  the  Pacific 
there  are  the  Hawaiian  collections  in  H.G.,  of  which  a  brief  descrip- 
tion will  follow  the  account  of  that  hall.  There  is  also  the  Herba- 
rium (not  open  to  the  public)  comprising  a  large  Hawaiian  collec- 
tion made  by  Mann  and  Brigham  in  1864-65,  ferns  from  New 
Zealand,  and  other  collections. 

Hawaiian  Vestibule. — Returning  to  the  entrance  we  find 
this  room  on  the  right,  and  in  it  we  enter  the  peculiarly  Hawaiian 
portion  of  the  Museum.  This  intermediate  room  serves  a  purpose 
useful  in  all  museums,  for  in  it  are  placed  certain  collections  not 
strictly  Hawaiian,  but  which  are  needed  to  illustrate  Hawaiian 
matters,  while  not  easily  fitting  into  the  scheme  of  classification 
of  Hawaiian  work  and  products  used  in  the  main  Hawaiian  Hall. 
For  instance,  the  fossil  corals  from  the  Hamilton  and  related 
groups  in  the  Niagara  region,  cc.  3,  5,  present  many  genera  of 
which  surviving  species  are  found  in  Hawaiian  waters.  The 


—  59- 


palaeolithic  and  neolithic  flints  from  England  in  the  table  case  15, 
and  the  implements  from  the  Swiss  lake  dwelling  estimated  to  be 
6000  years  old,  illustrate  certain  primitive 
forms  found  throughout  the  Pacific.  Even 
the  collection  of  Amerind  implements  and 
products,  a  gift  from  Mrs.  Mary  D.  Heu- 
dricks,  the  visitor  who  comes  to  study 
will  find  of  great  use  in  his  comparisons, 
cc.  17-18.  Another  use  of  this  room  is  to 
exhibit  certain  specimens  or  collections 
temporarily  until  accommodation  can  be 
had  in  a  part  of  the  Museum  where  they 
properly  belong.  Such  are  the  fine  collec- 
tion of  Australian  woods  given  by  the 
Government  of  New  South  Wales,  and  cer- 
tain woods  from  the  Philippine  Ids.,  c.  16. 
In  cc.  12,  13,  14  it  is  intended  to  ex- 
hibit a  series  of  skeletons  and  crania  of 
Pacific  islanders,  but  at  present  only  two 
male  skeletons  are  here,  a  Malekulan  from 
the  New  Hebrides,  and  a  native  Aus- 
tralian. The  Museum  collection  of  crania 
is  exhibited  in  these  cases.  Mainly,  how- 
ever, the  exhibits  in  this  vestibule  are 
Hawaiian.  In  c.  i  are  models  of  Hawaii- 
an canoes  and  parts  of  canoes  that  can  be 
more  easily  examined  than  in  the  grand 
canoe  in  H.  Hawaiian  canoes  were  cut 
from  single  logs,  usually  of  koa,  long  and 
narrow,  without  keel,  built  up  with  side  boards  of  breadfruit 
wood,  and  partly  covered  at  each  end,  but  especially  at  the  bow. 


A  very  necessary  part  of  the  canoe  was  the  ama  or  outrigger,  in 
the  best  canoes  made  of  wiliwili  wood  (Erythrina  monospcrma), 
connected  with  the  moo  or  gunwale  by  two  curved  sticks,  iako,  gen- 
erally of  hau  wood  (Pariiiitni  li/iaceum).  Triangular  sails  of  mat 
were  attached  to  a  short  moveable  mast,  kia.  As  protection  from 
water  and  weather  canoes  were  usually  painted,  the  hull  black,  the 
moo  yellow,  and  when  not  in  actual  use  were  drawn  ashore. 
Canoes  varied  greatly  in  size,  from  that  capable  of  carrying  one 
man  to  the  gigantic  double  war  canoes  carrying  fifty  or  more ;  the 
latter  were  generally  made  of  pine  drifted  from  the  American 
coast.  The  canoe  No.  407,  H.,  is  of  the  best  model  for  speed 
known  to  the  Hawaiians,  and  was  the  favorite  deep-sea  fishing 
canoe  of  Kamehameha  V.  Its  dimensions  are :  length  over  all, 
35.5  ft.;  depth  outside,  27  in.;  inside,  23.5  in.;  width  outside,  23  in.; 
inside,  17.5  in.;  centre  of  canoe  to  centre  of  outrigger,  10.7  ft. 
Paddles  are  usually  of  koa,  rather  heavy  and  tipped  on  one  face 
with  a  slight  projection  called  to  or  npe.  This  io  was  not  always 
present.  The  average  length  of  a  paddle  was  5.5  ft.,  but  the  size 
of  the  blade  ranged  from  17  to  26  inches  in  length,  and  from  8  to 
15.5  in.  in  breadth.  While  the  steering  paddles  were  much  larger 
than  these,  the  paddle  used  by  women  was  much  smaller.  Speci- 
mens of  all  these  are  arranged  over  the  lefthand  entrance  to  H., 
and  a  polished  paddle,  No.  308,  is  in  c.  i.  When  another  canoe 
was  substituted  for  the  ama  a  raised  platform  was  built  over  the 
iako  and  a  very  steady  craft  resulted.  All  parts  of  a  canoe  were 
bound  together  with  sennit  or  aha,  and  for  convenience  of  fisher- 
men notched  racks,  Nos.  3905,  3907-11,  c.  i,  were  bound  to  each 
iako  to  hold  fish  poles  or  spears  in  place.  Often  the  pious  fisher- 
man placed  at  the  bow  a  two-headed  god,  of  which  specimens  are 
in  c.  io,  H.,  Nos.  3906,  3907.  Cross  braces,  u'ae  waa,  are  shown 
in  Nos.  3912-14,  c.  i,  and  an  anchor,  which  was  either  a  perforated 


—  6o  — 


stone,  No.  8051,  or  a  round  stone  enclosed  in  a  net.  The  old 
Hawaiians  beside  making  long  voyages  (to  Tahiti)  in  their  canoes 
were  decidedly  an  aquatic  people,  and  canoes  were  so  abundant 
that  Vancouver,  at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century,  counted 
looo  in  Kealakekua  Bay. 

Case  2  contains  casts  of  the  turtle  found  on  these  shores. 
Fossil  corals  are  in  cc.  3  and  5,  while  c.  4  contains  minerals  from 
various  places.  Although  Hawaii,  being  wholly  volcanic,  cannot 
boast  many  fossils  from  her  soil,  yet  in  c.  5  is  a  portion  of  a  fossil 
plant  so  charred  by  the  hot  lava  which  enclosed  it  that  it  can  hardly 
be  identified ;  also  casts  of  a  palm  and  banana  found  deep  in  an 
ancient  lava  stream.  Cases  6-7  contain  the  usual  products  of  our 
volcanoes,  especially  of  Kilauea.  Pele's  hair  and  other  peculiar 
forms  are  well  represented,  and  all  are  labelled ;  but  it  is  intended 
to  prepare  a  special  catalogue  of  these  for  the  use  of  students,  and 
they  need  not  be  dwelt  upon  here.  Case  8  contains  economic 
geolog}- ;  building  stone ;  salt  from  Alia  paakai ;  brimstone  from 
Kilauea;  clay,  brick,  sand  and  pumice,  which  is  a  drift  product 
and  not  from  the  Hawaiian  volcanoes.  In  c.  10  are  hats  of  various 
material  as  indicated  by  the  labels.  The  imitation  of  a  silk  hat  is 
noteworthy  as  made  of  fern  stems  and  horse  hair,  a  fabric  much 
more  enduring  in  a  tropical  rain  than  its  prototype.  The  captains 
of  whalers  in  the  middle  of  the  last  century  always  wore  a  silk  hat 
ashore  on  Sundays,  to  the  admiration  of  the  natives,  who  with 
ready  ingenuity  imitated  the  splendid  decoration  as  nearly  as  the 
material  at  their  disposal  admitted.  Among  the  very  odd  materials 
one  hat  is  made  from  the  shavings  made  in  building  the  present 
palace.  Another  is  made  of  the  pods  of  a  native  tree,  Acacia  koa. 
All  these  hats  are  the  result  of  foreign  teaching,  and  it  was  hoped 
at  one  time  that  straw  braiding  might  be  made  a  lucrative  occupa- 
tion for  the  native  women.  Many  of  these  specimens  before  us 


were  made  to  show  proficiency  and  presented  to  Mrs.  Bishop,  who 
was  greatly  interested  in  all  things  tending  to  the  improvement  of 
her  race. 

While  the  old  Hawaiians  wore  no  other  head  covering  than 
the  ample  hair  nature  provided,  their  feet  were  also  protected  by 
the  toughening  of  constant  exposure.  Still  when  they  had  to  cross 
lava  streams,  a  frequent  thing  in  Puna  and  Kau  on  Hawaii,  the 
roughness  of  the  aa  (see  the  specimens  in  the  volcanic  collection, 
c.  6)  was  too  great  even  for  their  feet,  and  they  made  themselves 
temporary  sandals  from  any  substance  at  hand  that  could  be  drafted 
into  the  service;  hau,  waoke,  pandanus,  ki,  were  all  used  as  will 
be  seen  in  c.  u.  After  the  advent  of  cattle  rawhide  was  fre- 
quently used. 

The  long-lived  old  Hawaiians  needed  a  staff  in  extreme  old 
age,  and  examples  of  their  kookoo  are  in  c.  n.  Although  they 
never  equalled  the  Maori  in  the  carving  of  their  walking  sticks, 
some  show  an  attempt  at  this  decoration.  Combs,  kahi  lauoho, 
were  cut  from  bone.  No.  1300,  or  made  of  reeds  bound  together, 
No.  4680,  ruder,  but  like  the  combs  of  Maori  and  Chinese.  In  c.  12 
are  placed  temporarily  specimens  of  the  koko  puupuu  or  knotted 
nets  for  holding  the  umeke  or  wooden  bowls  for  food  when  carried 
on  the  auamo  or  carrying  pole.  This  more  elaborate  form  was  for 
the  chief  alone ;  the  makaainana  or  common  people  must  content 
themselves  with  coconut  cord  made  in  the  simplest  way.  Of  ma- 
terial there  was  olona,  waoke,  coconut  and  hair;  examples  of  all 
these  are  here. 

In  c.  19  may  be  seen  a  remarkably  fine  specimen  of  Cook's 
walrus  from  the  Pribylof  Ids.,  prepared  at  Ward's  Establishment, 
Rochester,  N.  Y.  Near  it  is  the  skeleton  of  a  dugong ;  also 
mounted  specimens  of  the  sea  lion  and  of  the  fur  seals.  A  man- 
of-war  hawk  (Fregata  aquila}  soars  above  the  walrus.  The  antlers 


—  6i  — 


FIG.  58.     KOKO    PDUI'UU:     NETS    FOR   CALABASHES. 


—  62 

above  entrance  to  Hawaiian  Hall  are  from  a  red  deer  introduced 
some  years  ago  and  lately  become  a  pest  on  Molokai.  The  cloaks 
of  ki  leaves  above  cc.  12-14  are  relics  of  King  Kalakaua's  "His- 
torical Procession,"  and  are  made  to  represent  the  old  water-proof 
cloaks  disused  since  the  advent  of  foreign  rubber. 

Hawaiian  Hall  contains  the  most  complete  collection  of 
specimens  illustrating  the  ancient  life  of  Hawaii  that  has  ever  been 
brought  together,  and  while  there  are  very  few  things  in  European 
museums,  such  as  feather  capes  with  green  feathers,  carved  dishes 
and  carving  tools  of  shark  teeth,  of  which  this  Museum  has  only 
models  or  inferior  specimens,  yet  the  great  variety  of  implements 
and  manufactures  here  brought  together  in  systematic  order,  makes 
the  Bishop  Museum  the  one  place  in  which  to  study  the  ancient 
economy  of  a  most  intelligent  and  interesting  race.  Hence  this 
portion  of  the  handbook  will  be  treated  with  greater  detail,  in  the 
belief  that  Hawaiian  life  will  most  interest  the  visitor  to  these 
islands.  For  the  same  reason  the  Trustees  are  publishing  in  a  fully 
illustrated  form  treatises  on  various  subdivisions  of  the  Hawaiian 
collection,  to  which  the  visitor  must  be  referred  for  more  informa- 
tion than  it  is  possible  to  offer  in  a  pamphlet  of  this  size. 

Turning  to  the  right,  c.  i  contains  stone  mortars,  cups,  pestles 
and  poi  pounders  ;  the  first  and  last  of  forms  peculiar  to  the  group, 
while  cups  and  pestles  are  in  form  quite  like  those  used  by  most 
peoples  in  the  stone  period  of  development.  A  few  of  the  mortars 
are  of  rude  form,  No.  1225  and  others  near  the  grass  house;  but 
the  finely  finished  cylindrical  mortar,  of  which  No.  1222  is  a  good 
example,  is  most  distinctly  Hawaiian.  These  were  used  to  grind 
nuts  ( Aleurites  moluccana )  for  oil  to  burn  in  the  stone  lamps 
(Fig.  63),  or  to  mix  with  ochre  or  charcoal  in  painting  their 
canoes,  etc.  Coarser  forms  were  used  to  grind  noni  (Morinda 


citrifolta)  and  other  dyes  and  medicines.  Pestles  for  these  mortars 
are  on  the  upper  shelf,  the  shorter  ones  for  shallow  mortars.  The 
rounded  and  grooved  stone  sinkers  near  the  mortars  are  for  squid 
hooks  and  may  be  better  studied  in  c.  24.  Stone  cups  were  used 
for  mixing  dyes  for  printing  kapa  or  for  tatuing,  and  indeed  for 
any  convenient  purpose. 

The  poi  pounders,  one  of  the  most  necessary  of  the  Hawaiian 
implements,  were  chipped  out  from  compact  basalt  or  from  con- 
solidated coral  rock  by  no  more  complicated  instrument  than  a 
beach  pebble.  The  process  is  figured  and  described  in  the  Museum 
Memoirs,  vol.  i,  p.  375  ;  also  see  Fig.  62.  On  the  island  of  Kauai 
were  made  the  ring  pounders  (Fig.  61 )  and  the  stirrup  form  shown 
here  in  full  series ;  but  on  the  other  islands  the  more  common 
conical  form  with  ball  handle  and  convex  base  was  preferred. 
A  smaller  size,  pohaku  kid  poi  main,  was  carried  on  a  journey,  for 
persons  of  rank  always  carried  their  own  food-making  utensils,  and 
was  often  used  by  the  commoner  to  avoid  betraying  by  a  loud  noise 
the  preparation  of  food,  lest  a  chief  hearing  should  levy  a  contri- 
bution. Ring  and  stirrup  pounders  were  also  used  for  grinding 
drugs  or  pigments,  although  the  small  conical  nmllers,  Nos. 
4632-42,  were  generally  used  for  such  purposes.  Note  the  imple- 
ment used  for  splitting  the  tough  breadfruit,  No.  6019. 

In  c.  2  are  great  stones,  Nos.  3212,  3213,  hollowed  on  the  top 
into  shallow  pans  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  size  of -the  stone,  in 
which  salt  was  made  by  solar  evaporation.  No.  4077  is  a  door 
stone,  pohakn pepc he  kanaka,  used  to  protect  the  grass  house  from 
nocturnal  invasion.  No  locks  were  known,  and  a  bar  could  easily 
be  pushed  aside  through  the  grass  walls ;  as  the  doorways  were 
always  low  and  entered  only  011  hands  and  knees,  this  heavy  stone 
was  suspended  over  the  door  so  that  any  one  enteriug^after  the 
trap  was  set  would  risk  having  his  back  broken.  Several  stone 


-63  — 


FIO.  H9.     ENTUANCK   TO    HAWAIIAN    II A  1. 1.. 


—  64- 


bowls  and  dishes  are  on  the  same  shelf ;  these  were  not  commonly 
used  for  domestic  purposes,  but  to  contain  perishable  offerings  to 
the  gods.     Another  important  stone  implement  was  the  lamp,  and 
from  the  number  preserved  it  would  seem  that  each  house  must 
have  had  at  least  one.    The  forms  varied  considerably  (Fig.  63),  but 
the  essential  part  of  all  was 
the  cup   to   contain   the    oil, 
which  was  burned  by  one  or 
more  wicks  of  kapa  at  the  rim , 
a  convenient  form,  for  to  in- 
crease the  light  it  was  only 
needful  to  add   more  wicks. 
A  handy  contrivance  is  found 
in  many  of  these   lamps,   a 
small  poho  or  well  at  the  bot- 
tom to  gather  the  last  drop 
of  oil  for  the  thirsty  wick,  and 
also  to  hold  the  stem  of  the 
candle  when  that  was  substi- 
tuted for  the  oil.    These  can- 
dles,   c.  E,    No.  7745,    were 
simply    nuts   of    the   candle- 
nut  tree  roasted  and  shelled, 
then  strung  on  a  bit  of  coco- 
nut leaf  midrib,  and  the  odor  FK;.  HP.   MUI;TAI:  AND  I-KSTLE. 
given  out  in  burning  was  strong  but  not  disagreeable.    As  the  nuts 
were  of  uniform  size  these  primitive  lights  served  as  timekeepers  in 
the  same  way  that  King  Alfred's  candles  marked  the  hours.     To 
make  a  lamp  advantage  was  taken  of  any  natural  form,  as  in  No. 
1 21 1,  where  a  bubble  in  the  lava  was  selected  and  the  surrounding 
stone  knocked  away.     The  cups  hollowed  out  by  the  sea  urchins 


were  also  used,  No.  1203.  When  a  poi  pounder  broke,  as  was  not 
uncommon,  it  could  still  be  used  as  a  lamp  with  little  additional 
labor,  as  shown  in  Fig.  64.  The  wooden  bowls  on  the  upper  shelves 
in  this  case  are  modern  turned  specimens  once  belonging  to  and  used 
by  the  Kamehameha  family  ;  they  are  here  temporarily  and  will 
again  be  referred  to  among  the  household  utensils. 

Window  case  D  contains  a  collection  of  the  stone  axes  and 
adzes.  We  have  to  do  here  simply  with  the  adzes  and  axes  as 
manufactures  of  stone  ;  later  we  shall  consider  them  as  tools.  The 
compact  clinkstone  from  which  these  are  made  is  not  common,  and 


KI<;.  (il.     HI.N'IJ    I'OI    POI'NDF.ItS. 

usually  occurs  high  on  the  volcanic  mountains,  the  oldest  and 
principal  factory  being  some  12,900  ft.  up  the  slopes  of  Mauna  Kea, 
where  for  a  part  of  the  year  the  place  is  buried  in  snow.  Another 
factory  was  in  the  lateral  crater  of  the  volcano  Kilauea  known  as 
Keanakakoi,  the  workshop  of  the  adzes,  where  the  clinkstone  was 
found  at  the  bottom  (A  the  crater,  but  subsequent  eruptions  have 
partly  filled  the  pit  and  covered  both  the  quarry  and  all  signs  of  the 
working.  On  Maui  there  was  a  factory  high  on  the  slopes  of 
Haleakala ;  and  on  Kauai,  above  Waimea,  the  port  where  Cook 
first  landed  (seen  in  the  background  of  c.  19),  was  another  from 
which  the  chips  and  cores  exhibited  iu  c.  D  were  obtained.  The 


making  of  adzes  belonged  to  a  peculiar  guild,  as  did  the  canoe 
making,  carving  of  idols,  etc.,  and  none  but  the  initiated  visited 
the  remote  places  of  manufacture.  In  this  anakakoi  there  were 
not  only  houses  for  shelter 
and  for  food,  but  temples  to 
the  tutelar  deity  of  the  work- 
men, for  the  old  Hawaiians 
were  a  very  devout  people 
and  began  no  work  without 
craving  the  assistance  of  the 
gods.  Here  the  selected 
stones  were  heated  to  make 
sure  that  no  air  cells  were 
present  to  cause  flaws  in  the 
koi.  The  pebble  hammer  in 
the  hand  of  the  spalder  sepa- 
rated the  flakes  or  spalls 
from  the  core,  and  the  proper 
spalls  were  first  chipped  into 
shape  (see  No.  3125,  c.  D) 
and  then  ground  on  the  hoana 
or  grindstone,  an  example  of 
which  is  No.  4553,  c.  D,  and 
a  larger  one,  No.  5936,  stands 
opposite  the  case.  The  larg- 
est adzes  weighed  a  dozen 
pounds  and  were  used  to  fell 
trees ;  the  smallest  less  than  an  ounce  and  served  for  carving. 
In  c.  3  is  presented  a  group  showing  the  process  of  poi  pound- 
ing, the  Hawaiian  bread  making.  The  figures,  a  fully  developed 
man  and  a  rather  slim  boy,  are  not  modelled  but  were  cast  from 

HANDBOOK  B.  P.  B.  M.— 5. 


-65- 


life  by  the  sculptor  Allen  Hutchinson,  hence  are  exact  representa- 
tions of  the  people.  The  house  represented  in  the  background  is 
from  a  photograph  taken  in  Puna,  Hawaii.  The  story  of  the  group 

is  told  on  the  large  label. 
Poi  pounding  was  hard  work 
allotted  to  the  men,  and  in 
modern  times  these  men  have 
passed  it  on  to  the  Chinese. 
The  cultivation  of  the  kalo 
(Colocasta  esculenta)  was  by 
far  the  most  laborious  agri- 
cultural work  of  the  Hawaii- 
ans,  and  while  certain  varie- 
ties were  cultivated  without 
ponds,  the  greater  portion 
was  grown  in  pools  carefully 
prepared,  to  which  water  was 
furnished  with  considerable 
engineering  skill,  and  the 
supply  was  regulated  by  wise 
laws.  The  hull  or  top  sprout 
of  the  aroid  was  planted  and 
in  due  time  developed  a  bulb- 
ous root  richly  stocked  with 
nutriment.  This  root  was 
cooked  and  scraped,  the 
scrapings  being  returned  to 
manure  the  pond,  and  pounded  as  shown  in  the  group.  The  hard 
firm  pudding  resulting  was  called  paiai,  and  when  bound  up  in  ki 
leaves  kept  unchanged  for  some  time,  and  in  this  state  was  trans- 
ported. Poi  was  made  by  diluting  this  thick  mass  with  water  to 


01    POKNIIKItS. 


—  66  — 


various  grades,  as  "one-finger  poi,"  "two-finger  poi,"  etc.  It  was 
sometimes  so  thin  as  to  admit  of  being  sucked  up  in  a  tube,  but 
this  form  was  considered  rather  unmanly.  The  leaves  of  the  kalo, 
also  the  fragrant  yellow  blossoms,  were  used  as  food. 


often  selected,  and  in  c.  30  are  several  nuts  thus  associated  with 
the  Alii.  Opposite  c.  E  is  a  section  of  a  tamarind  tree  cut  down 
in  1902,  which  was  planted  December  19,  1831,  the  day  of  birth 
of  Bernice  Pauahi  Bishop;  its  section  measures  roughly  3X4  ft. 


«.  KX.     HAWAIIAN   STONK    I, AMI'S. 


It  was  the  pleasant  custom  of  the  old  Hawaiians  of  the  upper 
class  to  associate  the  birth  of  a  child  with  a  tree  :  either  one  was 
planted  on  the  birthday,  or  the  first  fruits  of  some  growing  tree 
were  plucked  by  the  growing  child.  For  this  the  coconut  was 


Case  E  contains  certain  smaller  implements  of  household  use 
that  were  important  to  the  ancient  Hawaiians.  The  hard  and  dur- 
able shell  of  the  coconut  has  been  utilized  for  cups  by  all  people 
living  within  the  range  of  that  most  useful  palm.  On  the  Hawaii- 


-67- 


an  Islands  where  the  coco  palm  cannot  be  said  to  thrive,  it  is  so 
near  its  northern  limit,  the  frnit  is  small  and  not  abundant.  Of 
late  years  the  larger  nuts  from  the  southern  islands  have  been  in- 
troduced, and  ver3T  fine  bowls  made  from  the  nuts,  c.  7  ;  these  are 
mostly  used  at  feasts  to  contain  individual  portions  of  poi.  Coco- 
nut shells  are  the  orthodox  cups  for  drinking  awa  all  through  the 
Pacific.  Here  the  priestly  awa  drinkers  used  nuts  cut  lengthwise 


FIG.  «4.     LAMPS    FROM    BROKEN    POI    FOUNDERS. 

called  olo.  These  shells  were  also  used  for  spoons  or  ladles,  No. 
1234,  kiahi  au  loihi,  c.  E.  Fancifully  cut  shells,  Nos.  4287-89, 
were  used  to  contain  inainona,  the  meat  of  the  kukui  nut  roasted 
and  pounded  fine  with  salt.  Small  disks  of  the  shell  were  used  to 
contain  salt.  Coconuts  with  the  eyes  left  open,  kanana  pu  niu, 
Nos.  4231,  4232,  were  used  to  strain  awa.  Where  kalo  did  not 
abound,  as  in  Puna,  Hawaii,  sweet  potato  was  used  in  its  place  to 
jnake  poi,  and  .as  the  viscidity  of  kalo  poi  is  entirely  wanting,  this 


substitute  could  not  easily  be  eaten  with  the  fingers,  and  a  spoon 
was  required,  simply  a  segment  of  shell.  • 

The  old  Hawaiians  had  an  excellent  method  for  cooking  birds 
by  enclosing  a  hot  stone  in  the  carcass  and  wrapping  this  in  ki 
leaves  ;  No.  4490  is  one  of  these  stones  ;  No.  4491  is  another,  used 
for  the  bird  akekeke ;  each  size  of  small  bird  had  its  appropriate 
stone  in  a  well  regulated  household.  Nos.  7745,  7941  are  speci- 
mens of  the  kukui  caudle,  the  roasted  nuts  strung  on  coconut 
leaf  midribs.  A  most  ingenious  device  was  the  Hawaiian  stone 
mirror ;  a  thin  disk  of  dense  phonolite  ground  smooth  and  boiled  in 
oil,  but  still  presenting  no  reflecting  surface,  was  placed  in  a  shal- 
low bowl  of  water,  and  if  the  person  using  this  contrivance  was 
good  looking  the  result  was  no  doubt  satisfactory .  In  modern 
times  the  original  use  of  these  mirrors  has  been  forgotten  and  they 
are  used  in  kahuna  practice  as  cooling  applications  to  boils  or  simi- 
lar sores.  Another  manufacture  that  has  passed  away,  although 
probably  not  very  ancient,  is  the  tortoise  shell  industry.  Combs 
and  dishes  were  once  made  in  Honolulu,  and  samples  of  the  former 
are  in  c.  30;  of  the  latter,  No.  7526,  c.  E.  No.  4233  is  a  kahili  or 
broom,  merely  a  bundle  of  coconut  leaf  midribs.  As  the  Hawaiians 
squat  down  to  sweep  this  makes  a  sufficiently  handy  tool.  No. 
4164  is  a  wooden  hook  on  which,  when  tied  to  the  interior  frame 
of  a  grass  house,  umeke  OR  other  articles  might  be  hung.  No. 
163  is  a  rude  bow  and  arrow,  pana  a  me pua  iole,  used  for  killing, 
or  at  least  shooting,  "rats  and  mice  and  such  small  deer"  with 
which  the  land  was  and  is  infested.  It  is  curious  that  knowing 
the  principle  of  the  bow  the  Hawaiians  never  developed  it  beyond 
the  feeble  instrument  in  this  case.  The  arrow  was  the  flower  stalk 
of  sugar  cane  tipped  with  kauila  wood. 

Although  acquainted  with  the  rotary  drill  for  boring,  the  Ha- 
waiians do  not  appear  to  have  used  the  fire  drill,  but  obtained  fire 


—  68 

by  the  plow.     This  was  so  ancient  a  source  of  fire  that  tradition 
claims  it  was  taught  to  man  by  the  mud  hen  who  alone  in  the 
world  knew  how  to  make  a  spark.     A  small  stick  of  hard  wood, 
the  aiilima,  is  held  in  the  hand  and  rubbed  in  a  groove  in  a  larger 
stick,  annaki,  usually  of  hau  wood.     In  five  seconds  the  wood  is 
charred,   and   in 
about  a  minute  the 
dust  which  collects 
at  the  bottom  of  the 
groove  ignites  and 
the  flame  is  dexter- 
ously caught  on  a 
bit  of  tinder,  or  a 
welu  a/it,  No.  4247, 
composed  of  twist- 
ed kapa.     No.  166 
is  a  bambu,    ohe 
puhi  a/ii,    used    to 
blow  a  fire,  a  prim- 
itive bellows.    No. 
4237    is    a    simple 
gourd  funnel  used 
to  fill  the  narrow- 
mouthed  water  bot- 
ties;   other  forms 

are  Nos.  1230,  1231,  c.  7.  The  Hawaiians,  like  their  kinsmen 
throughout  Polynesia,  did  not  make  pottery.  They  had  the  clay 
but  not  the  knowledge.  The  absence  of  pottery  made  recourse  to 
the  vegetable  kingdom  necessary,  and  the  large  umeke  of  wood, 
used  for  poi,  were  wonderfully  well  made  and  of  good  form  ;  by  far 
the  best  specimens  of  Hawaiian  handicraft.  The  block,  whether 


of  kou  (Cordia  subcordata},  kamani  (Calophyllum  inophyllttm),  or 
whatever  wood,  was  carefully  selected,  roughly  trimmed,  and  then 
soaked  for  months  before  working.  The  outside  was  finished  first 
and  smoothed,  and  then  the  core  picked  out,  leaving  walls  some- 
times an  inch  thick,  but  often  reduced  to  an  eighth.  In  c.  8  are 

the  tools  used  for 
this   work,   and 
some  partly  made 
umeke,  etc.  Inc.  4 
are    the    choicest 
hand    made    (not 
turned)  specimens 
of  this  wood  work, 
most  of  them  from 
the    Kamehameha 
family.      Among 
these    Nos.    488, 
523,  462,  469  and 
481  are  noteworthy 
examples  of  poly- 
hedral,    opaka, 
bowls  of  kou  wood. 
Finger    bowls,    na 
ipu   holoi  lima, 
were  used  by  the 
upper  classes  at  meals,  for  the  absence  of  fork  or  spoon  and  the 
sticky  nature  of  the  poi  and  the  greasy  nature  of  roast  pig  or  dog 
rendered  some  washing  needful  after  eating,  and  the  community 
of  dishes  into  which   each   guest  dipped  the  hand,  or  at  least 
the  finger,  made  it  a  desirable  custom  before  partaking  of  food. 
The  form  of  these  bowls  is  sometimes  odd,  as  Nos.  624-26,  628; 


OF    AD/HS. 


-69- 


but  in  all  of  this  class  is  found  a  projection  from  the  bottom  or  side 
with   which  to  remove  the  sticky  poi  from  between  the  fingers. 
Another  kind,  Nos.  610-1 1 ,  was  cut  into  several  compartments,  one 
to  contain  water,  others  for  fragrant  leaves  on  which  to  wipe  the 
fingers.     Awa  bowls,  na  konia  awa,  were  neatly  but  plainly  made, 
neither  the  legs  uor  the  carving  of  similar  utensils  in  the  southern 
islands,   Nos.  555,    ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 
639.     Slop  basins, 
na  ipu  aina,  were 
used  to  receive  the 
refuse    of   a  meal, 
for  if  belonging  to 
a  chief  it  was  kapu 
and   must    not   be 
eaten     by    others. 
These  bowls  were 
much  thicker  and 
heavier  than  the 
umeke    poi,    and 
those  of  high  chiefs 
were    often    inlaid 
with  teeth  or  bones 
of    slain    enemies, 

No.     4944,     and  FHJ.  ««.    UMEKK 

others  in  c.  30,  Fig.  92.  While  it  was  deemed  honorable  to  have 
one's  bones  attached  fo  a  kahili  or  a  food  bowl,  it  was  a  deep  dis- 
grace to  the  unfortunate  man  whose  solid  parts  decorated  what 
was  looked  upon  as  a  vessel  of  dishonor.  The  large  trough,  No. 
1217,  in  the  midst  of  this  case  was  used  in  dissedling  the  body  of  a 
chief  to  clean  the  bones,  which  were  carefully  hidden,  while  the 
softer  parts  were  burned  or  thrown  into  the  sea.  Small  poi  boards 


are  in  this  case,  such  as  were  carried  for  chiefs  when  travelling. 
Platters  and  dishes  are  shown  in  great  number,  the  long  ones  used 
for  fish,  baked  pig  or  dog  ;  the  round  ones  also  serving  as  covers 
for  the  large  umeke.  The  collection  of  spittoons,  na  ipu  A-n/ta,  is 
very  large.  Of  the  five  Kahu  alii  or  personal  attendants  of  an 
Hawaiian  Moi  the  Ipukuha  or  Spittoon  was  the  most  trusted.  The 

life  of  the  king  was 

endangered  if  he 
should  prove  re- 
miss in  duty  and 
allow  even  the 
smallest  portion  of 
the  royal  spittle  to 
fall  into  the  hands 
of  an  enemy.  The 
instrument  he  car- 
ried and  from 
which  he  got  his 
name  was  a  small 
box  or  bowl  carved 
from  some  choice 
wood  from  which 
he  must  empty  the 

<>u  HOWLS,  daily    accumula- 

tions into  the  sea  in  the  darkness  of  night,  or,  should  the  court  be  on 
a  journey  inland  he  must,  with  the  utmost  secrecy,  bury  the  possible 
danger.  The  clippings  of  the  royal  fingernails  and  cuttings  from 
the  royal  hair  went  the  same  way,  for  the  sorcerer  was  ready  to 
pray  to  death  if  he  obtained  these  offerings  to  the  infernal  powers. 
The  inanimate  spittoons  were  held  in  great  esteem,  to  which  their 
ignoble  use  would  not  entitle  them  elsewhere,  and  hence  those  be- 


longing  to  Kamehameha  I,  No.  5009,  c.  30,  and  other  renowned 
chiefs  have  been  carefully  preserved  and  are  in  this  Museum. 
Larger  bowls  of  the  same  form,  ipu  miiiii,  were  used  for  other  ex- 
crementitious  matter,  and  are  on  the  lower  shelf  of  this  case. 


70  — 

cellars.     No.  5181,   a  carved   meat  dish   belong  to  King  Lunalilo 
and  his  ancestors. 

Chairs  were  not  used  by  the  Hawaiian*,  but  the  chiefs  had  a 
rudely  carved  seat  or  throne,  none  of  which  has  been  preserved. 
No.  4345  is  a  stool  of  ohia  wood  with  four  legs,  carved  from  a  single 
block.  Against  the  wall,  between  this  and  the  last  case,  are  two 
poi  troughs,  papa  kid pci :  one  very  old,  No.  7952,  and  the  other, 
No.  4226,  is  a  good  modern  specimen  65  in.  long  and  23.5  in.  wide. 
Hawaiians  had  another  substitute  for  pottery  in  the  large  fruit 


FIO.  67.     FTNGKIt    HOWLS. 

In  cc.  5-6  are  the  larger  umeke,  of  which  the  largest,  No.  409, 
is  89.5  in.  in  circumference,  and  18.5  in.  deep,  Perhaps  the  finest 
in  form,  No.  410,  comes  very  near  this  size,  being  83.7  and  14  in. 
No.  1051  is  made  of  Hawaiian  sumac,  and  No.  422  of  coconut  wood. 
Nearly  all  in  this  case  are  old  and  hand  carved  ;  the  modern 
turned  articles,  which  are  abundant,  are  shown  on  the  upper  shelves 
of  c.  2.  The  large  bowls  with  legs  were  used  for  roast  pig.  Few 
of  the  carved  bowls  remain  on  the  Islands  ;  many  are  in  the  British 
Museum  and  elsewhere,  but  two  are  in  this  collection.  No.  408,  a 
dish  for  baked  pig,  with  carved  figures  of  Kahahani  and  Kekuapoi 
his  wife.  The  large  open  mouths  of  these  figures  served  as  salt 


FIO.  IIS.     SI'ITTIMINS. 

of  Curcubita  maxima,  a  gourd  not  native  to  the  Islands,  but  found 
cultivated  here  when  the  group  was  discovered  :  it  was  not  found 
on  the  other  groups  nor  is  its  native  country  known.  The  hard, 
woody  rind  of  this  gourd  is  durable  and  light,  serving  as  contain- 
ers for  food  or  clothes.  A  pair  of  the  gourds  suspended  from  the 


auamo  or  carrying  stick  (see  Fig.  71)  served  as  late  as  the  early 
sixties  for  travellers'  trunks,  one  containing  food,  the  other  cloth- 
ing. They  were  dried  and  carefully  cleaned,  furnished  with  a 
cover,  which  also  served  as  a  dish,  and  a  koko  or  net  to  hold  this 
cover  close  and  to  form  a  handle.  The  bottle  gourd  (Lagcnaria 
vitlgaris)  was  found  on  this  and  other  Polynesian  groups;  smaller 
specimens  made  good  water  bottles,  while  the  largest  were  used 
for  hula  drums.  On  Niihau  the  art  of  decorating  the  surface  of 
the  gourd  was  much  practiced.  A  waterproof  glaze  was  put  all 


FIO.  Gil.     CARVED    DISH    FOR    BAKED    I'lO. 

over  the  surface,  and  the  portions  of  the  gourd  that  were  to  be 
stained  black  were  then  scraped  bare  and  the  gourd  buried  for 
some  time  in  the  mud  of  a  kalo  patch.  A  large  series  of  manu- 
factures from  both  of  these  gourds  is  in  c.  7.  The  large  ones  used 
as  trunks,  Nos.  1078,  1081,  1079,  etc.,  are  suspended  from  the 
ceiling  in  the  position  they  are  usually  carried.  Some  of  the  large 
ones  are  very  thick,  as  No.  1141,  used  for  preserving  choice  kapa ; 
others,  long  and  contorted,  Nos.  3673,  3674,  were  used  to  contain 
feathers.  Gourd  bottles,  hucwai,  were  in  universal  use,  and  some 
in  this  case  show  much  beauty  of  form,  Nos.  1132,  1133,  1093, 
1094,  6843.  Those  with  a  long  neck  were  usually -for  home  use; 


the  short-necked  ones  for  travel  or  use  in  canoes ;  the  hourglass 
shape,  huewai  puco,  was  very  popular,  as  it  could  be  suspended 
by  a  cord  without  a  net.  For  stopple  a  terebra  shell  or  a  neatly 
folded  palm  or  pandanus  leaf  was  used. 

There  was  no  such  thing  as  a  meat  safe  in  the  economy  of  an 
ancient  Hawaiian  house,  and  to  preserve  food  from  dogs,  pigs  and 
other  animals  inmates  of  the  house  it  was  necessary  to  suspend  the 
containers  beyond  their  reach.  Where  the  house  had  a  lanai  or 
porch  vessels  were  hung  from  the  rafters,  but  most  houses  had  no 
such  convenience,  so  a  pole  was  fixed  in  the  platform,  as  shown  in 
front  of  the  grass  house  in  the  central  part  of  this  hall,  and  a 
notched  cross  bar  at  the  top  took  the  place  of  hooks  ;  the  one  at  the 
grass  house  is  very  old;  a  smaller  one  is  in  c.  7,  No.  671.  The 
decorated  gourds,  umeke pawehe ,  are,  next  to  the  kapa,  the  best 
subjects  for  studying  Hawaiian  decoration,  and  this  case  contains 
a  very  complete  series.  Two  gourds  for  filling  water  bottles  are, 
No.  1230,  hourglass-shaped,  and  No.  1231,  a  dark-colored  cup 
with  a  convenient  spout. 

Tools. — Of  all  Hawaiian  tools  the  stone  adze  is  chief.  The 
stone  heads  have  already  been  described  and  are  in  c.  D  ;  their  use 
only  remains  to  be  explained.  The  handles  were  generally  of  hau 
wood,  and  a  bit  of  kapa,  hala,  or  banana  leaf  was  inserted  between 
the  wood  and  stone  and  the  whole  bound  firmly  together  with  olona 
or  coconut  cord;  the  result  is  well  shown  in  No.  3101,  c.  8.  In  a 
form  much  used  for  the  inner  cutting  of  a  canoe  the  stone  head  is 
so  mounted  as  to  be  turned  into  a  right-  or  left-handed  adze,  No. 
3116.  This  form  is  not  peculiar  to  the  Hawaiians  (see  No.  1800  in 
the  New  Guinea  collection,  c.  20,  P.),  although  according  to  their 
tradition  it  was  invented  by  Kupaaikee,  one  of  the  canoe  gods, 
who  gave  not  only  his  name  but  also  his  tongue,  c/elet  to  the  adze. 


—  72 

For  cutting  soft  wood  the  angle  of  the  cutting  edge  was  too  blunt 
in  a  stone  adze,  and  a  blade  of  coconut  shell,  No.  3117,  or  of  alahee 
wood,  No.  3118, 
was  used.  The  axe 
was  not  so  com- 
mon, but  No.  3589, 
c.  D,  is  a  good 
specimen.  Chisels 
of  clinkstone,  No. 
7974,  and  gouges 
of  the  same  mate- 
rial, Nos.  4555. 
5853,  and  of  shell, 
No.  4476,  were 
much  used,  espe- 
cially in  carving 
the  large  idols; 
but  for  most  carv- 
ing the  hard  and 
sharp  shark  teeth 
set  firmly  in  wood 
handles  (see  mod- 
els) were  pre- 
ferred. The  fine 
kapa  mallets  were 
often  cut  with  such 
a  tooth  set  in  half 
of  a  pig's  lower 

jaw.  The  pump  drill,  hula  pa,  No.  179,  c.  8,  was  known  here  as  in 
all  the  Pacific  groups,  and  was  pointed  with  a  splint  of  clinkstone 
or  a  terebra  shell ;  after  the  advent  of  white  men  a  file  end  took  the 


place.    Tools  of  abrasion  include  the  stone  files,  Nos.  4477-79,  used 
to  fashion  and  sharpen  bone  fish  hooks;    the  scrapers,  of  turtle 

bone  or  paua  shell, 
Nos.  4497,  4501, 
used  to  rub  off  the 
outer  bark  of  olona 
or  waoke  in  mak- 
ing cord  or  kapa ; 
and  not  least  in  im- 
portance the  many 
kinds  of  stone 
used  in  smoothing 
or  polishing  umeke 
and  other  articles. 
Of  these  polishing 
stones  many  are 
described  and  fig- 
ured in  the  Muse- 
um Memoirs,  vol.  i. 
Fine  coral  or  puna 
was  the  coarsest, 
pumice  was  of  me- 
dium  roughness, 
smooth  stones  were 
at  the  other  end  of 
the  series,  while 
the  last  polish  was 


(iliritll    WATKIl    liOTTLKS. 


given  by  rubbing 
with  dried  breadfruit  leaves,  lau  ulu.  On  the  lower  shelf  are  a 
number  of  specimens  of  umeke,  spittoons,  etc.,  partly  made,  which 
were  discovered  buried  in  the  sand  at  Waikiki,  the  supposition 


—  73  — 


being  that  on  the  approach  of  the  hostile  fleet  of  Kamehameha  the 
maker  hid  in  the  sand  all  his  prop- 
erty, as  was  the  custom,  and,  hav- 
ing lost  his  life  in  the  skirmishes, 
his  cache  also  was  lost.  However 
this  may  have  been,  these  half 
wrought  specimens  are  most  im- 
portant, for  they  show  much  of  the 
use  of  simple  tools.  The  laau  kahi 
olond  are  long  strips  of  very  hard 
wood  against  which  the  scrapers 
already  mentioned  acted,  No.  731, 
etc.;  others  are  on  the  ceiling  of 
this  alcove,  and  the  manner  of  use 
is  shown  in  c.  25.  In  the  absence 
of  nails  cord  was  used  to  bind 
together,  and  fixed  sizes  were 
recognized  for  special  purposes,  as 
to  bind  the  thatch  to  the  cross 
sticks,  rafters  to  posts,  outrigger 
to  a  canoe,  stone  adze  to  its  handle; 
examples  of  all  these  twisted  or 
braided  from  coconut  fibre,  aha  or 
sennit,  will  be  found  in  this  case. 
The  oo,  No.  3589,  was  the 
principal  agricultural  tool  in  use 
among  the  Hawaiians,  and  an  old 
time  kanaka  squatting  down  to  his 
work  would  use  it  effectively  as 
plow,  hoe  or  spade.  In  carrying  FIG.  71.  HAWAIIAN  CARRYING  TMEKK 
burdens  the  auamo  was  used,  a  round  kauila  stick  with  notches 


cut  on  the  ends ;  some  of  these  were  very  long,  No.  145  is  97.5  in. 

and  quite  heavy,  and  as  the  section 
was  generally  circular,  were  not 
fitted  to  rest  easily  on  the  shoulder; 
hence  a  bearer  was  known  by  the 
callosity  formed  at  the  point  of  con- 
tact. Some  of  the  auamo  were 
carved,  others  were  only  pointed 
at  each  end  (these  were  used  forty 
years  ago  to  carry  bundles  of  grass 
to  market ) ,  and  still  others  were 
old  spears  converted  to  the  more 
desirable  form  and  used  to  carry 
live  pigs,  etc.  All  of  these  forms 
are  in  c.  8.  The  general  use  of  the 
auamo  is  shown  in  Fig.  71.  For 
netting,  the  universal  form  of 
shuttle  needle  was  used,  and  as 
the  Hawaiians  depended  greatly 
on  a  fish  diet  the  use  of  these  net- 
ting tools  was  constant.  Mesh 
spacers  were  made  of  bone  or  tor- 
toise shell.  The  results  of  the  net 
making  are  shown  in  c.  25.  For 
sewing  attachments  to  the  hull  of 
a  canoe  clamps  bearing  various 
names  (kuamoo,  kauli,  vac  u'aa) 
but  differing  but  little  were  used, 
Nos.  3590-94.  The  paniani,  No. 
IN  THE  KOKO  FROM  AN  AUAMO.  i^g,  was  a  comparatively  modern 
invention  for  twisting  horsehair  for  ropes.  With  the  stone  hammer 


—  74  — 


the  tool  box  was  complete,  and  considering  the  simplicity  of  the 
tools  the  results  were  surprising. 

Weapons  were  the  daily  companions  in  the  good  old  times. 
Warfare  was  the  normal  state,  peace  was  the  exception.  And  yet 
the  arsenal  was  not  of  great  variety.  Hawaiians  used  no  bow  and 
no  shield ;  indeed  the  proper  armor  for  battle  was  absolute  naked- 
ness of  body,  although  the  higher  chiefs  wore  their  feather  helmets 
and  cloaks  with  the  uiho  palaoa  (see  c.  15)  about  the  neck.  In 
full  warfare  there  was  a  public  declaration  of  war  and  the  usual 
blare  of  trumpets,  in  this  case,  of  shell.  The  rowers  in  the  war 
canoes  wore  helmets  of  gourd  decorated  with  fresh  branches,  as 
we  learn  from  Cook,  and  there  is  a  model  of  such  a  mask  or  helmet 
in  c.  9.  No  doubt  these  were  a  protection  in  warding  off  the 
slingstones.  Fortifications  in  the  old  days  did  not  exist,  at  least 
in  the  development  shown  in  New  Zealand,  and  the  forts  at  Hono- 
lulu and  Kailua  were  built  after  white  influence.  The  large 
kauila  spears,  pololu,  have  already  been  described  as  they  are  on 
the  wall  of  the  Entrance  Hall.  A  shorter  and  more  serviceable 
spear,  ihe,  with  either  plain  points,  No.  4874,  or  with  arrow-like 
heads,  Nos.  4881,  4893,  or  with  several  rows  of  barbs,  No.  4883, 
are  in  c.  9.  Others  are  attached  to  the  corner  piers  of  this  hall 
between  the  pilasters.  A  weapon  in  common  use  was  the  ihe  pahee, 
Nos.  3586,  3587,  on  pier  near  entrance,  half  spear,  half  dagger, 
and  from  the  weight  of  wood  a  good  club.  From  these  the  weapon 
dwindled  into  a  sort  of  sword,  No.  4801,  usually  attached  to  the 
body  by  a  coconut  cord,  and  finally  the  curious  wooden  daggers, 
patioa,  Nos.  4803-5.  The  weapons  Nos.  4800,  4801  were  little 
better  than  wood  spikes,  but  were  generally  used.  If  the  points 
of  these  thrusting  weapons  seem  blunt,  it  must  be  remembered 


that  they  were  driven  against  the  bare  skin  by  muscular  arms. 
Clubs,  newa,  were  of  simple,  undecorated  form,  the  least  showy  of 
any  in  the  Pacific,  and  made  of  stone,  wood  or  bone.  Specimens 
of  each  of  these  are  in  c.  9.  The  most  peculiar  form  of  hand  club 
had  a  stone  head  with  four  wings,  Nos.  4789,  4790  (see  Fig.  72), 
bound  by  cords  to  a  short  kauila  handle.  One  of  the  same  general 
form  but  entirely  of  wood  is  No.  4782.  A  short,  heavy  club,  piikoi, 
of  wood,  Nos.  4772,  4779,  4791,  or  stone,  Nos.  4786,  4788,  4810, 
had  a  stout  cord  attached  and  was  used  as  the  bola  of  the  Pampas 
to  entangle  the  legs  of  an  adversary.  A  heavy  stone  ball,  Nos. 
2975,  7945,  was  attached  to  a  rope  and  swung  with  great  force  in 
naval  warfare  to  break  the  opponent's  canoe.  Slingstoues  were 
often  shaped  with  great  care,  pointed  at  each  end,  and  smoothed  ; 
the  sling  was  a  braided  paudanus  leaf,  not  a  very  efficient  weapon. 
In  close  conflicts  a  smoothed  stone  of  convenient  form,  Nos.  4793, 
4794  (see  Fig.  72),  was  grasped  in  the  hand  to  give  it  weight. 
There  were  knives  of  shark  teeth,  but  this  Museum  has  no  authentic 
specimen:  an  implement  fitted  with  one  or  two  teeth,  Iciomano, 
Nos.  4807-9,  was  often  used  to  murder  by  ripping  open  the  abdo- 
men in  an  unguarded  moment ;  No.  4809  was  arranged  to  be  con- 
cealed in  the  hand  (see  Fig.  72). 

The  mu  or  executioner  on  the  chief's  staff  was  provided  with 
strong  cords,  looped  from  ivory  handles,  used  in  strangling  victims 
for  human  sacrifices,  Nos.  4868-71  (Fig.  72).  Executions  for  crime 
were  usually  by  beating  out  the  culprit's  brains,  or  by  breaking 
his  back,  a  method  in  which  many  of  the  old  natives  were  adepts. 
After  a  battle  the  prisoners  of  importance  were  often  sacrificed  to 
the  tutelar  deity  of  the  conqueror.  Thus  Kamehameha  sacrificed 
Kalanikupule  and  other  chiefs  to  his  war  god  Kukailimoku  after 
the  battle  of  Nuuanu. 


-75  — 


FIG.  72.     HAWAIIAN   WEAPONS. 


-76- 


Worship. — The  ancient  Hawaiian  religion  \vas  an  oppressive 
system  of  prohibitions.  The  law  of  kapu  was  extended  to  every 
act  in  life,  and  it  even  followed  the  unfortunate  believer  to  the 
regions  of  Milu  beyond  the  grave.  It  contained  the  elements  of 
self-destruction  by  allowing  too  much  power  to  the  priesthood,  and 
when  at  last  the  priestly  oppression  became  quite  unbearable,  and 
King  Liholiho  and  the  chief  priest  joined  hands,  the  state  religion 
fell.  Not  without  battles,  however,  and  the  faithful  for  a  time 
continued  the  accustomed  worship  in  the  remote  temples,  or  hid 
their  deities  in  caves  from  the  popular  mob  bent  on  destroying  the 
images  of  their  enslavers.  So  far  as  public  worship  went  the  Isl- 
ands were  in  a  state  of  atheism  when  the  American  missionaries 
arrived  in  1820. 

Before  the  general  destruction  of  the  idols  their  number  was 
very  great.  Heiau  or  temples  were  so  numerous  in  the  thickly 
settled  country  near  the  shore  that  from  the  walls  of  one  the  next 
was  plainly  to  be  seen.  Ellis  tells  us  that  from  Kailua  to  Keala- 
kekua  on  Hawaii  there  was  at  least  one  heiau  to  every  half  mile 
along  the  road.  There  were  two  general  forms  of  heiau  ;  the  more 
ancient  was  a  truncated  pyramid  of  dry-laid  rough  stone,  oblong  in 
plan,  and  ascended  by  terraces  ;  on  the  top  stood  the  sacred  grass 
house  sheltering  the  special  idols  of  the  place,  the  altar  of  sacrifice, 
the  tall,  obelisk-like  oracle,  while  around  the  edge  was  a  sort  of 
large  and  grotesquely  carved  images  of  wood.  The  later  and  most 
common  form  of  heiau  was  the  same  in  ground  plan  and  contents, 
but  the  pyramid  was  hollow ;  that  is,  there  were  four  walls  from 
eight  to  ten  feet  high  bristling  with  images  always  frightful, 
often  obscene. 

Not  only  were  there  these  general  heiau  dedicated  to  one  or 
more  of  the  chief  gods,  but  also  a  multitude  of  fishermen's  heiau 
marked  every  highland  near  the  fishing  grounds.  These  last  were 


generally  small  walled  enclosures,  dedicated  to  the  particular  god 
of  the  builder,  with  due  ceremony,  into  which  an  offering  of  the 
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^  first  fruits  of  the  sea  was  cast 

after  a  successful  fishing.  The 
last  heiau  built  was  dedicated  at 
Kawaihae  on  Hawaii  by  Kameha- 
meha  to  his  war  god  Kukailimoku, 
and  the  last  where  the  old  worship 
was  continued  was  that  of  Waha- 
ula  in  Puna,  Hawaii,  a  careful 
model  of  which  is  on  the  platform 
in  the  centre  of  this  hall.  The 
large  labels  give  a  sufficient  ac- 
count of  this.  As  human  and  other 
animal  sacrifices  were  an  impor- 
tant part  of  the  cult,  there  are  pits 
or  specially  built  enclosures  to  hold 
the  bones  after  the  flesh  had  dried 
away.  Most  of  these  pits  were 
emptied  in  the  reaction  against 
human  sacrifice  in  the  early  days 
of  the  Christian  mission,  but  the 
writer  has  seen  such  pits  filled  to 
the  brim  with  bones  of  men,  pigs 
and  fowls.  At  Wahaula,  which 
was  situated  on  a  cliff  near  the  sea, 
it  was  easy  to  empty  the  large  en- 
closure into  the  ocean.  Graves  of 
priests  or  chiefs  were  often  made 
in  the  inviolate  precincts  of  the  temple.  In  modern  times  most  of 
the  heiau  have  been  wantonly  destroyed,  like  that  of  Moiliili,  near 


FIG.  73.     KALAIPAHOA. 


—  77  — 


Honolulu,  where  the  walls,  which  were  whole  in  1880,  have  since 
been  ground  in  the  government  rock  crusher  to  make  a  street  in 
the  town !  Others  have  been  converted  into  cattle  pens  and  the 
original  plan  much  modified,  as  the  great  temple  of  Umi  on  the 
highlands  of  Hawaii. 

Turning  from  the  temple  to  the  images,  we  have  two  of  those 
used  in  the  temple  fence;  one  has  been  shown  in  Fig.  6,  p.  7,  the 
other  is  No.  4068,  E.  One  of  the  three  images  from  the  interior 
of  the  heiau  that  are  still  extant  has  been  returned  from  Boston, 
and  is  No.  7654,  c.  n  ;  it  is  6  ft.  8  in.  high.  Of  the  gods^  proper 
it  is  difficult  to  identify  the  image  and  it  is  quite  probable  that  the 
same  log  had  to  personify  several  deities  in  succession.  Photo- 
graphs of  all  the  Hawaiian  idols  in  the  various  museums  of  the 
world  have  been  obtained  and  will  be  published  in  the  Memoirs  of 
the  Museum  to  illustrate  the  chapter  on  Hawaiian  Worship ;  of 
the  fair  number  in  this  Museum  those  of  wood  are  in  c.  10,  those 
of  stone  in  c.  12. 

In  cutting  the  Haku  o/n'a,  as  the  idol  was  first  called,  many 
prayers  were  uttered  and  a  human  sacrifice  was  offered  together 
with  a  hog.  The  latter  was  eaten  and  the  former  buried  near  the 
stump  that  had  furnished  the  log.  The  long  prayers  and  tedious 
ceremonies  lasted  days  or  even  weeks  if  the  omens  were  unpro- 
pitious,  and  ended  with  the  installation  of  the  new  "Moi"  on  the 
lananuu  or  stage  in  the  grass  house  if  the  moi  was  one  of  the 
special  gods  of  the  place.  While  Ku,  Kane,  Lono  and  Kanaloa 
were  the  great  gods,  almost  every  man  had  his  private  deity,  while 
his  wives  had  others.  The  hula  dancers  worshipped  Laka,  rob- 
bers Kuailua,  fishermen- Kuula,  their  wives  Hina.  L,aamaomao 
was  god  of  the  winds,  the  Hawaiian  J3olus ;  Kahakuo  of  the 
mountains,  Kaheholopali  of  precipices,  Pele  of  the  volcanoes, 
Keaokiai  of  the  east,  Keaohalo  of  the  west,  and  so  on  through  the 


forty  thousand.  Any  peculiar  stone  or  beach-worn  pebble  was  sure 
to  be  sanctified  as  the  earthly  residence  of  some  potent  spirit  or 
aumakua,  and  certain  woods,  as  kauila,  iliahi,  lama,  mapele  and 
ohia  were  a  favorite  abode  of  these  spirits.  Many  of  these  woods 
that  have  been  the  abode  of  spirits,  that  is,  have  had  the  spirit 
bewitched  into  them  by  the  kahuna,  are  still  regarded  as  potent 
medicine,  hence  are  placed  in  c.  21.  As  in  most  other  ethnic  re- 
ligions heroes  in  due  time  went  through  an  apotheosis  and  became 
duly  accredited  gods.  Here,  as  elsewhere,  the  early  religion  was 
distinctly  phallic,  the  visible  origin  of  life  naturally  preceding  the 
invisible.  The  ancient  gods  interested  themselves  in  the  affairs  of 
men  in  a  very  practical  way,  for  they  collected  the  taxes  and  sur- 
veyed the  land  in  the  days  of  makahiki ;  they  marched  to  battle 
with  the  chiefs  and  by  their  terrible  visages  put  the  enemy  to  rout, 
unless  indeed  his  gods  were  uglier ;  in  fine  all  events  of  life  saw 
their  intervention,  and  from  the  conception  of  the  child  until  his 
final  dissolution,  prayers  to  the  gods  were  regularly  made.  These 
prayers  have  been  to  some  extent  preserved,  but,  if  they  ever  meant 
anything,  they  are  now  mostly  unintelligible  and  seem  mainly 
"vain  repetitions."  In  the  early  days  of  the  Hawaiian  Mission 
the  natives  were  very  loth  to  speak  of  the  doings  of  the  heathen 
cult,  and  seemed  heartily  ashamed  of  their  naaupo  or  darkmiuded- 
ness ;  of  late  years  the  repugnance  to  heathen  customs  has  largely 
disappeared,  but  the  knowledge  of  the  former  days  has  gone  also. 
A  modern  illustration  of  heathen  worship  as  now  understood  is 
shown  in  c.  10.  In  1895  this  modern  stone  god,  Lono  nui  a  Ehu, 
No.  7662,  was'  placed  on  a  mat  covered  with  the  sacred  red  cloth 
(kapa  should  have  been  used),  two  very  modern  bottles,  one  of 
whiskey  the  other  of  gin,  with  the  regulation  corkscrew  in  each 
cork,  were  offered  to  this  stone  ;  but,  that  a  due  amount  of  mana 
or  divine  power  might  be  provided  certain  ancient  things  used  in 


-78- 


the  worship  of  olden  times  must  be  present,  and  as  the  supply  of 
these  was  not  within  the  reach  of  the  kahuna  officiating,  he  placed 
imitations  of  many  of  these  things  deeming  the  god  would  be  stone- 
blind  to  the  cheat.  It  may  be  added  that  the  kahuna  dropped 
dead  in  the  midst  of  his  work,  and  the  people  with  him  were  so 
frightened  that  they  sent  the  whole  outfit  to  this  Museum  lest  it 
cause  the  death  of  some  other  kahuna.  Near  this,  No.  134,  c.  10, 
is  a  modest  red  handkerchief  containing  an  offering  of  awa  to  Pele 
the  goddess  of  the  volcano.  This  was  found  on  the  still  warm  lava 
of  the  flow  of  1887,  near  the  road,  by  Mr.  J.  S.  Kmerson  of  the 
Government  Survey.  In  c.  12  the  stone  images  on  the  upper 
shelf  are  all  modern,  and  dozens  have  been  offered  for  sale  in 
Honolulu  in  recent  years.  The  Hawaiians  are  not  the  only  guilty 
ones  in  this  matter,  for  the  Portuguese  and  Japanese  make  many. 
To  return  to  the  specimens  in  the  cases.  While  all  have  labels, 
some  deserve  more  notice  than  the  small  slip  can  give,  especially 
No.  132,  c.  10,  Kalaipahoa,  Fig.  73.  This  Poison  God.  perhaps 
the  most  dreaded  in  the  whole  Pantheon,  is  made  of  black  ohia  a 
yard  tall  and  a  foot  wide.  Dog  teeth  were  inserted  in  his  gums, 
and  his  head  was  covered  with  human  hair  fastened  into  round 
holes  with  flat  pegs.  Teeth  and  hair  have  gone  through  his  great 
age  or  some  unknown  cause.  He  was  found  with  a  broken  arm 
and  leg  in  the  year  1852  at  Hauula,  Oahu,  at  the  foot  of  a  cliff, 
having  apparently  endeavored,  with  the  help  of  a  goat,  to  get  out 
of  the  cave  in  which  he  had  long  been  hidden.  The  injured  god 
was  at  once  taken  by  the  natives  to  their  pastor,  Rev.  John  S. 
Emerson.  In  his  house  the  god  remained  some*  time,  clothed 
indeed  but  not  fed,  and  as  his  physical  condition  did  not  improve 
he  was  sent  to  Mr.  Emerson's  classmate  Rev.  Caleb  Kimball,  of 
Medway,  Mass.  After  Mr.  Kimball's  death  his  heirs  sold  the  god 
and  he  returned  to  his  native  shores  in  1886.  In  the  back  of  the 


image  may  be  seen  a  cavity  to  which  a  cover  was  formerly  fitted  ; 
in  this  receptacle  small  images  could  be  placed  to  absorb  a  portion 
of  divinity  or  mana  through  the  worship  offered  to  this  marsupial 
god.  No.  4044,  c.  10,  represents  Kealoewa,  goddess  of  rain. 
Curiously  carved  from  kauila  wood  and  carrying  on  its  back  a 
socket  with  two  figures  on  the  rim ;  dog  teeth  and  human  hair ; 
red  puakai  malo.  In  the  possession  of  Mrs.  Whitney  of  Kauai  for 
fifty  years,  and  at  the  sale  of  her  effects  it  went  to  W.  T.  Brigham 
of  Boston,  where  it  remained  fifteen  years. 

No.  4897,  c.  10,  is  a  rudely  carved  image  of  unusual  form, 
once  in  Queen  Emma's  collection.  Advantage  was  taken  of  a  very 
crooked  stick.  Another  image  of  Kalaipahoa,  with  hollow  back 
and  the  repulsive  features  which  are  carried  to  an  extreme  in  this 
god,  was  for  many  years  in  Boston,  and  is  now  No.  7655,  c.  10. 
Another  god  from  the  Boston  collection  hangs  in  c.  1 1  ;  in  some 
respects  the  most  interesting  in  the  collection.  It  is  Lono,  the  god 
for  whom  Cook  was  mistaken,  and  while  in  commission  was  de- 
tailed to  collect  the  taxes.  The  cunning  priests  marched  to  a  vil- 
lage with  a  sufficient  retinue  of  hungry  followers,  and  camped 
there  with  this  god  until  the  entire  tax  was  paid  and  then  moved 
on  to  the  next  place  to  be  squeezed.  The  long  stick  of  kauila  wood 
is  carved  to  show  the  joints  of  a  bambu,  and  is  surmounted  by  a 
small  head  with  open  mouth,  No.  7659.  No.  6816,  c.  n,  is  a  curi- 
ous idol  of  unknown  name  found  in  a  kalo  patch  on  Oahu.  The 
head  dress  is  the  most  unusual  form,  and  the  countenance  has  per- 
haps become  indistinct  by  age.  On  the  other  side  of  the  great 
image  stands  a  plain  log  with  rude  features  carved  long  subsequent 
to  the  cutting  of  the  log,  No.  159,  c.  n.  It  was  brought  by  Rev. 
J.  M.  Alexander  from  Anakii,  a  natural  temple  in  Keauhou,  Ha- 
waii. This  is  a  cave  at  the  head  of  a  ravine  in  an  ancient  lava 
stream.  Its  dimensions  are  about  30X35  ft.,  and  30  ft.  high. 


The  neatly  paved  floor  had  in  the  middle  a  circular  fireplace 
around  which  formerly  stood  perhaps  twenty  images,  of  which 
this  was  the  last.  No.  8048,  c.  u,  called  Waianuenue,  was  once 


—  79  — 


FIfi.  74.     KAHUNA    PULE    ANAANA.     PLASTER   CAST. 


the  useful  guardian  of  an  ancient  irrigation  dam  on  Kauai,  and 
with  the  stem  planted  in  the  ground  was  once  twice  its  present 
height.  The  features  are  less  repulsive  than  usual,  but  the  eyes 
are  large  and  distinct  as  befits  a  watchman.  The  little  bundle  of 


blue  kapa,  No.  7542,  c.  10,  was  found  hidden  in  a  cave  on  Molokai, 
a  region  full  of  traditionary  caches,  and  when  the  native  who  dis- 
covered it  opened  the  bundle  he  found  the  small  god  wrapped  with 

a  few  bits  of  awa  and  some  red  fish. 
These  offerings  he  threw  away  as 
of  no  value,  but  preserved  the  rest 
for  a  price.  Many  were  the  pet 
gods  thus  hidden!  No.  1358,  c.  10, 
is  a  neatly  carved  akua  or  god 
found  in  the  heiau  at  Kawaihae. 
This  was  a  common  form  and  size 
for  a  household  god.  No.  1362 
illustrates  the  specialization  of  the 
gods  ;  it  served  seasick  people,  and 
among  the  Hawaiians  these  are 
many.  The  larger  wooden  images 
on  the  upper  shelf  are  nameless 
and  not  beautiful.  Nos.  3906, 
3907  are  canoe  gods.  The  turned 
boxes,  Nos.  3211,  5851,  etc.,  are 
relics  of  Kalakaua's  Hale  Naua, 
and  contain  old  relics  used  in  the 
ceremonies  of  that  remarkable 
society.  In  c.  12  are  the  stone 
idols,  but  one  of  these  of  great  an- 
tiquity, No.  133,  is  in  c.  n.  This 
is  Kaoa  paao,  a  large  round  stone 
said  to  have  been  brought  by  Paao,  the  famous  kahuna,  from 
Kahiki.  This  and  its  mate  were  called  "Na  Ulu  a  Paao"  and  have 
been  regarded  as  powerful  fish  gods.  Another  fish  god  is  Kuula, 
No.  316.  He  was  placed  on  a  stone  altar,  papa  kahnli,  No.  317, 


—  8o  — 


with  offerings  of  red  fish,  awa  and  five  leaves  of  the  grass  called 
puaa  lau  or  kukaepueo  (Panicum  pruriens) ,  as  a  substitute  for  a  live 
pig,  that  the  fish  might  be  drawn  toward  shore.  No.  4056  was 
Kaakau,  a  female  akua  oopu.  In  the  time  of  Kahekili,  king  of 
Matii,  it  was  the  akua  Kuahini,  the  konohiki  of  Waihae,  used  to 
bring  the  oopu  on  to  the  ha  or  fish  rack.  The  process  consisted 
in  anointing  the  stone  with  coconut  oil  and  muttering  suitable 
prayers.  It  could  also  attract  the  nau  birds  to  the  net,  Nos.  319, 
325,  326,  4061  are  also  fish  gods,  once  powerful. 

No.  4047,  c.  12,  appears  but  a  smooth  beach  pebble  ;  it  weighs 
2  Ibs.  and  is  9.7  in.  in  circumference;  but  this  does  not  tell  the 
whole  story,  which  is  too  long  and  filled  with  very  long  names  of 
victims  to  tell  here,  but  it  must  be  said  that  the  kahuna  who  owned 
it  breathed  a  prayer  over  it,  then  threw  the  stone  at  his  intended 
victim.  The  obedient  stone  passed  through  the  alimentary  canal 
in  a  direction  opposite  to  that  followed  by  the  food  and  returned  to 
the  kahuna,  leaving  the  poor  fellow  at  whom  it  was  thrown,  and 
through  whom  it  passed,  in  a  very  disorganized  condition.  It  is 
not  mentioned  whether  the  stone  brought  back  the  man's  teeth  on 
its  return  journey. 

The  stone  images  Nos.  7540,  7541,  7447,  7448  were  found  on 
Necker  Island,  a  small  rock  in  the  Hawaiian  group  frequented 
in  ancient  times  by  hardy  fishermen.  They  were  in  fragments 
with  a  number  of  others,  and  nothing  certain  is  known  of  their 
history.  The  plaster  cast  is  of  a  stone  god  that  formerly  stood  at 
a  gateway  in  Kahuku,  Oahu,  where  the  present  writer  has  seen 
offerings  made  to  it.  The  original  is  now  in  the  great  museum  in 
Berlin  and  the  cast  was  given  by  the  German  Government.  The 
stone  images  on  the  upper  shelf  are  all  modern  humbugs,  many  of 
which  are  made  to  attract  the  tourists.  No.  155  hardly  belongs  to 
the  class  of  idols,  but  from  its  creative  powers  may  be  included  in 


. 


this  case.  These  breeding  stones  are  worked  as  follows :  one  of 
each  sex  is  placed  in  a  common  kapa,  a 
prayer  uttered  over  them  and  they  are  con- 
signed to  a  dark  place  where,  in  the  fulness 
of  time  they  produce  a  family  of  gravel  stones. 
The  large  drum  in  c.  n,  No.  6926,  was  once 
kept  in  a  heiau  at  Diamond  Head  and  was 
only  beaten  on  great  occasions,  as  when  a 
prince  royal  was  born.  It  is  3  ft.  10  in.  high 
and  ornamented  with  human  teeth  inserted 
in  the  wood. 

A  darker  form  of  Hawaiian  sorcery  which 
obtains  to  the  present  day  is  the  pule  anaana 
or  praying  to  death.  This  terrible  supersti- 
tion cannot  be  fully  discussed  here,  but  the 
cast  of  a  famous  kahuna,  one  who  boasted  to 
the  present  writer  that  he  had  prayed  to  death 
more  than  fifty  people,  will  tell  its  own  story 
to  any  who  care  to  study  the  hard  face.  In 
brief,  he  has  placed  in  the  calabash  of  water 
before  him  something  from  the  body  of  his 
intended  victim,  hair,  spittle,  finger-parings, 
it  matters  not  what ;  he  has  stripped  himself, 
for  the  Hawaiian  priest  must  approach  his 
deity  as  free  from  the  disguise  of  clothing  as 
he  was  born ;  he  is  muttering  the  prayer 
(which  is  as  long  as  a  bull  of  excommunica- 
tion in  the  Romish  church),  and  when  he  has 
uttered  the  amen  he  takes  care  to  have  his 
victim  informed ;  that  is  all.  But  the  other  fellow  now  does  his 
expected  part,  takes  to  his  mat,  has  no  appetite,  general  lassitude 


FIG.  76.     SUKF    BOARD. 


ensues  and  death  comes  within  three  days.  That  was  the  tele- 
pathic treatment  of  heathen  science.  Another  method  is  shown 
in  Nos.  940-44,  finely  made  stone 
cups,  kapuahi  kit  in  anaana ,  in  which 
hair,  etc.,  of  the  person  is  burned 
with  suitable  prayers  and  the  ashes 
scattered  in  the  water  he  is  accus- 
tomed to  drink.  In  all  these  cases, 
unless  the  vidlim  is  notified  the  pro- 
cess is  a  failure.  In  early  days  the 
attempt  was  sometimes  made  to  pray 
white  men  to  death,  but  it  always 
failed.  The  whole  subject  of  Hawaii- 
an religion  is  of  the  greatest  interest, 
and  it  is  hoped  to  treat  it  in  an  ex- 
tensive memoir  in  the  Museum  pub- 
lications. 

In  examining  the  model  of  the 
heiau  constructed  by  Mr.  Stokes  the 
printed  label  should  be  studied. 

Amusements.  —  If  the  ancient 
Hawaiians  were  a  priest-ridden 
people  in  the  old  times,  and  had  small 
liberty  under  their  alii  or  chiefs,  they 
certainly  had  enough  legitimate 
amusements  to  keep  them  light- 
hearted  and  happy.  The  most  gen- 
eral relaxation  was  the  hula  or  dance, 
and  although  in  later  days  the  hula 
became  the  handmaid  of  licentiousness,  it  was  not  always  so. 
Many  of  the  chief  women  took  an  active  part  in  the  exercise,  and 

HANDBOOK  B.  P.  B.  M.— 6. 


FIG.  76.     GOUKD   HDLA   DRUMS. 


even  the  proud  Kaahumanu  was,  in  her  youth,  renowned  as  a  hula 
dancer.     This  is  not  the  place  to  enlarge  upon  the  kinds  of  hula 

nor  other  games  or  sports  except  so 
far  as  is  needful  to  explain  the  collec- 
tions in  the  Museum.  It  may  be  said, 
however,  that  in  the  half  century  pre- 
ceding the  reign  of  Kamehameha  I, 
coincident  with  a  general  decline  in 
1  the  strict  observance  of  religious  rites, 
came  in  the  custom  of  betting  to  the 
utmost  extent  on  the  result  of  all 
games.  It  is  not  asserted  that  this 
practice  was  not  at  all  in  vogue  before, 
for  in  the  time,  of  Umi  a  chief  staked 
his  very  bones,  but  it  certainly  gath- 
ered great  strength  and  exercised  a 
malign  influence  on  the  Hawaiians 
at  this  period.  So  with  the  licentious 
ad  jumfts  of  many  games  so  often  depre- 
cated by  historians  of  this  people. 
The  bone  and  sinew  of  the  Hawaiian 
race  could  not  have  been  what  it  was 
in  the  time  of  Kalauiopuu  if  the  prac- 
tice of  the  early  part  of  the  last  cen- 
tury had  long  existed. 

The  athletic  games,  as  the  ulu- 
maika,  mokti,  nakookoo,  kukini,  etc., 
fell  largely  into  the  hands  of  profes- 
sionals owing  to  the  betting  which 
became  an  important  preliminary  to 
every  contest,  and  which  was  carried  to  such  a  pitch  of  fury  that  a 
man  would  stake  his  goods,  his  wife,  children,  even  his  own  body  en 


the  uncertain  result.  With  the  introduction  of  letters'  and  a  new 
religion  the  interest  in  learn- 
ing became  so  great  that  all 
public  athletic  games,  as  well 
as  the  worst  of  those  merely 
lascivious,  were  generally 
given  up,  not  so  much  be- 
cause forbidden  by  the  mis- 
sionaries as  because  there 
was  no  time  left  for  them ; 
the  fine  and  healthful  games 
of  the  old  Hawaiiaus  passed 
away,  and  the  present  gener- 
ation does  not  know  even  the 
names  of  the  former  play- 
things. They  had  contests  of 
running,  boxing,  wrestling  of 
many  kinds,  throwing  the 
spear  or  stick,  rolling  maika, 
sliding  on  the  holua,  surf 
swimming,  canoe  racing; 
they  had  cock  fights  quite 
like  those  of  Central  America; 
they  had  fox  and  geese,  cup 
and  ball,  tops,  cat's  cradle, 
tag,  hide-the-button,  kite  fly- 
ing, stilt  walking,  rockets ; 
and  they  had  as  many  "count- 
ing out"  formulas  as  the  chil- 
dren of  Europe  ever  knew. 
Music  they  did  not  have.  Its  softening  or  irritating  influence 


82  — 

they  never  experienced.     There  Were  several  instruments  serving 

to  make  a  noise  or  mark  time 

for  the  dances,  and  that  is  all. 
Conch  shells  served  for  good 
trumpets,  hollowed  logs  or 
gourds  for  drums,  bambus  for 
nose  "flutes"  and  for  clap- 
pers, even  two  stones  were 
beaten  together  to  increase 
the  din,  and  pebbles  were 
shaken  in  gourd  rattles. 
Although  they  had  the  bambu 
they  did  not  know  the  ar- 
rangement of  Pandean  pipes, 
an  instrument  quite  common 
on  the  islands  farther  to  the 
west.  Such  a  thing  as  a  tune 
had  not  been  invented  by  the 
Hawaiians  up  to  the  time  of 
the  discovery  by  Europeans. 
Surf  Sic  i  m  m  ing:  Hee 
Nalu.  The  surf  board  was 
usually  of  koa,  nearly  flat, 
with  slightly  convex  surfaces, 
rounded  at  one  end,  slightly- 
narrowing  toward  the  stern, 
where  it  was  cut  square. 
Sometimes  the  papa  hee  nalu 
was  made  of  the  very  light 
•wiliwili,  and  then  was  narrow. 
In  size  they  varied  from  three  to  eighteen  feet  in  length,  and  from 


n,A    Dttl'MS. 


eight  to  twenty  inches  in  width,  but  some  of  the  ancient  boards  are 
said  to  have  been  four  fathoms  long  !  The  largest  in  this  Museum 
stand  in  the  porch,  Nos.  297,  298,  and  are  so  heavy  that  they 
require  two  men  to  move  them  :  the  smallest  for  children  are  on  the 
ceiling  of  this  alcove.  The  finest  model  is  No.  6809,  on  the 
ceiling,  V.  The  surf  riders  swam  out  to  sea  as  far  as  the  kulana 
or  place  where  the  high  rollers  follow  each  other  in  quick  succes- 
sion, and  there  mounted  a  high  wave  and  rode  on  it  until  near  the 
beach  in  the  hua  where  the  water  was  smoother;  the  first  one  ar- 
riving at  the  hua  won  the  race.  Standing  on  the  boards  as  they 
shot  in  was  by  no  means  uncommon.  Men  and  women  both  took 
part  in  this  delightful  pastime,  which  is  now  almost  a  lost  art. 

Coasting:  Hee  Hoiua.  A  most  dangerous  but  fascinating  sport 
of  sliding  down  hill  over  a  prepared  course  on  a  sled  made  for  the 
purpose.  The  holua  or  track  was  built  with  great  care  on  some 
steep  hill,  sometimes  six  yards  wide,  made  smooth  and  of  even 
slope,  and  when  covered  with  dry  grass  was  very  slippery.  The 
sled  was  built  of  hard,  tough  wood,  as  shown  in  the  rare  specimen 
hanging  at  the  entrance  to  this  alcove,  No.  320.  This  is  said  to 
have  belonged  to  the  hero  L,onoikamakahiki  and  was  found  in  a 
cave  in  Puna  ;  it  is  the  only  complete  one  in  existence.  The  long 
runners  (11.2  ft.)  are  narrow  like  a  Norwegian  ski,  were  placed 
less  than  three  inches  apart  and  bound  to  a  frame  which  the  rider 
grasped  and,  running  for  an  impetus,  threw  himself  headlong  down 
the  hill.  This  was  an  eminently  aristocratic  game.  Below  this 
sled  hang  the  runners  of  a  longer  one,  said  to  have  belonged 
to  Kahekili,  king  of  Maui.  Another  pair  of  runners  is  on  the 
ceiling  of  V. 

Maika  or  Bowls.  There  were  three  principal  games  played 
with  the  ulu  or  olohu ;  the  first  name  was  current  on  Hawaii  and 
Kauai,  while  the  latter  was  known  on  Maui  and  Qahu,  A  smooth 


alley  or  kahua  was  required   and  stone  balls  or  disks.     Various 
kinds  of  stone  were  used,  but  a  heavy  compact  coral  rock  was  the 

favorite  ;  the  ulu  was 
sometimes  spherical, 
No.  3588,  c.  14,  has 
a  diameter  of  7.5  in., 
and  weighs  22  Ibs., 
but  more  commonly 
a  thin  cylinder  with 
slightly  convex  ends 
was  used,  and  the 
largest  here,  No.  924, 
c.  14,  is  5  in.  in  diam- 
eter and  three  in. 
thick,  weighing 44  oz. 
Rough  and  unfinished 
ulu  were  used  by  chil- 
dren for  practice. 
The  average  weight 
was  little  over  one 
pound.  Choice  ones 
were  carefully  oiled 
and  wrapped  in  kapa. 
The  first  game  was  a 
trial  of  strength  in 
bowling  to  the  great- 
est distance ;  the  sec- 

FIG.    7S.     ULIULI   HULA:    RATTLES.  Ond     ^quired      more 

skill   to  roll  the  ulu 

between  two  sticks  at  a  definite  distance  from  the  player ;  in  the 
third  the  ulu  were  on  trial,  for  the  two  players  rolled  their  stones 


-84- 


against  each  other  and  the  toughest  won  the. game  for  its  owner. 
There  is  a  fine  kahua  near  Kalae  on  Molokai  where  may  be  seen 
hundreds  of  broken 
ulu.  The  players 
trained  carefully 
and  developed 
great  strength  and 
skill ;  it  is  unfortu- 
nate that  the  Ha- 
waiian of  the  pres- 
ent day  prefers  the 
foreign  and  far  in- 
ferior game  of  base- 
ball. Ulumaika  of 
many  sizes  and  va- 
rious material  are 
in  c.  14.  Played  on 
the  same  kahua 
were  the  games 
pahee  and  moa;  the 
former  was  played 
with  a  pahee  or 
slender  club,  much 
larger  near  one  end 
where  it  terminates 
in  a  blunt  point, 
being  quite  sharp 
at  the  other.  It 
could  be  and  was 
used  as  a  weapon, — ihe  pahee,  as  we  have  seen  in  the  account  of 
weapons.  The  material  was  always  kauila  or  uhiuhi  wood.  The 


3587. 

f  ( 

i  ( 

56.5 

945- 

Moa 

stick, 

14.2 

946. 

l  i 

l  i 

13 

947- 

i  ( 

" 

15-2 

948. 

(  ( 

l  ( 

16 

3596. 

(  ( 

(  l 

19-5 

3597- 

" 

i  l 

H 

3598. 

'  * 

(  < 

n-5 

3599- 

t  t 

(  ( 

10 

FIG.  78.     DOO    TEETH    ANKLETS. 


object  was  to  throw  or  rather  slide  the  pahee  as  far  as  possible  in 
a  straight  line  along  the  pahua.  Each  contestant  had  ten  trials. 
The  moa  sticks  were  like  the  pahee  but  much  shorter.  The  lengths 
and  weights  of  some  in  the  collection  are  as  follows : 

3586.     Ihe  pahee,  57.5  in.  long;  weighs  2  Ibs. 

i. 7  Ibs. 
"      24.5  oz. 
"      17-5    " 

8.2     " 

"    22.5  " 

"        22.2     " 

"        13.5     " 
7.2     " 
"          6.5     " 

Konane  was  played  on  a  flat  surface  of  stone  or  wood,  and 
somewhat  resembled  "Fox  and  Geese"  or  Gobang.  Positions  on 
the  papamu  were  marked  by  a  slight  depression  on  stone,  and 
often  by  the  insertion  of  bone,  usually  chicken,  sometimes  human, 
in  wood.  There  seems  no  definite  number  or  arrangement  of 
places.  Beach  worn  pebbles,  coral  for  white,  lava  for  black,  com- 
pleted the  equipment. 

866.  Papamu  for  Konane,  wood,    83  places. 

867.  "          "          "  "      180 
5313.           "          "          "         stone,  ii2±   " 

Palate,  the  Hawaiian  "Cup  and  Ball,"  is  shown  in  Nos.  885, 
886,  c.  14.  A  loop  of  slender  twigs  and  a  ball  of  kapa  so  large  and 
light  that  it  is  difficult  to  get  through  the  loop. 


-85  — 


Kilu.  A  game  played  by  spinning  a  light  gourd  top,  No.  896, 
c.  14,  in  such  a  way  that  it  would  alight  on  an  upright  stick  placed 
for  the  purpose.  The  upper  half  of  a  huewai  with  a  short  neck 
made  a  good  kilu. 

Puhcnehene  was  a  game  of  guessing  aided  by  very  close 
observation.  It  was  played  in  a  house  or  lanai,  the  ten  players 
sitting  cross-legged  in  two  opposite  rows.  Between  them  were  five 
pieces  of  different  colored  kapa  loosely  crumpled  up  but  with  the 
edges  overlapping.  The  player  selected  from  one  side  must  have 
his  arm  bare  that  his  opponents  might  watch  the  play  of  his 
muscles  as  he  passed  his  right  hand  containing  the  noa  or  stone 
to  be  left  under  one  of  the  piles.  When,  after  various  feints,  he 
withdraws  his  empty  hand  the  guessing  begins.  Each  player  had 
a  polished  wand,  maile,  several  feet  long  and  armed  at  the  end 
with  a  bit  of  dog  skin  or  ki  leaf,  with  which  the  one  whose  turn  it 
is  to  guess  strikes  the  selected  pile ;  the  kapa  is  lifted  and  if  the 
uoa  is  there  his  side  wins  that  inning.  No.  881  was  a  uoa  used  by 
Kalanikupule  the  last  king  of  Oahu. 

Hce  or  "Cat's  Cradle"  was  a  favorite  guessing  game,  the 
company  gathering  around  the  performer  who  made  a  figure  with 
the  cord  on  his  fingers  and  the  rest  guessed  what  was  represented. 
The  one  who  guessed  right  then  sang  the  song  appropriate  to  the 
figure.  Specimens  of  several  of  these  figures  with  the  accompany- 
ing song  are  in  c.  14,  No.  4867. 

Other  games  were  kite  flying,  the  lupe  being  long  and  narrow 
like  that  from  the  Gilbert  Ids.,  in  P.,  made  of  pandanus  leaves  or 
kapa.  Chinese  and  other  foreign  kites  have  long  since  driven 
away  the  native  form.  No.  895  are  clappers  of  haematite ;  two 
were  held  in  each  hand.  No.  4854,  c.  14,  is  a  niaukani  or  Hawaii- 
an Jew's  harp.  Nos.  4851-53  are  ohe  keeke,  a  closed  joint  of  bambu 
which  the  player  strikes  on  a  large  stone  with  the  closed  end ;  hold- 


ing one  in  each  hand  he  drops  them  on  the  stone  alternately.  Nos. 
883,  884,  c.  14,  are  used  to  beat  time  in  the  hula;  these  ohe  hula 
puili  were  simply  joints  of  bambu  slit  all  around  from  the  open  end 
nearly  to  the  closed  end,  and  are  used  in  pairs.  Nos.  863-65  were 
puniuhula  or  coconut  shell  drumlets  bound  to  the  knee  of  the 
player.  No.  890  is  a  pair  of  anklets  made  of  corn  husk  for  use  in 
the  modern  hula,  in  place  of  the  fine  anklets  of  dog  tusks,  No. 
887  (Fig.  79)  used  in  olden  times  when  dogs  were  eaten  in  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  furnish  the  1900  tusks  of  which  this  pair  is  com- 
posed. Weighing  9.5  Ibs.  it  is  but  little  lighter  than  other  similar 
kupee  niho  ilio  in  the  collection. 

Tops  or  teetotums  were  used  both  as  playthings  and  to  gamble 
with ;  No.  892  is  one  of  the  most  common  forms,  a  kukui  nut 
through  which  is  thrust  the  spindle.  Another  form  which  recalls 
the  spindle  whorls  of  Europe  is  No.  4681,  of  which  the  stone  fly  is 
well  cut.  For  a  rude  game  of  ball  the  Hawaiians  had,  like  other 
Pacific  Islanders,  cubes  of  hala  leaves  plaited,  No.  6808.  "Putting 
the  shot"  was  not  unknown,  and  the  pohaku  ikaika  was  certainly 
a  test  of  strength,  for  No.  7508,  in  c.  14,  weighs  87  Ibs. 

Some  other  things  are  here  not  actually  used  in  games,  but 
certainly  for  amusement,  as  the  conch  shells  Nos.  876,  897,  which 
produce  a  clear  deep  note  used  to  call  the  people  together  for 
games,  and  in  later  days  to  church.  No.  4973  is  a  pu  puhi  of  cassis 
shell,  from  Olaa,  Hawaii,  where  it  was  regarded  as  a  very  sacred 
object.  Perhaps  it  was  one  of  the  trumpets  the  gods  blew  every 
night  at  Pueohulunui  to  bother  King  Liloa.  Nos.  951-54,  4755, 
4756,  c.  13,  are  small  gourds  pierced  with  from  two  to  five  holes 
called  ipu  hokiokio  or  lover's  whistles,  used  for  nocturnal  serenades 
by  swinging  on  a  cord.  Nos.  4860-64,  ukeke,  the  Hawaiian  musi- 
cal bow,  a  thin  strip  of  wood  on  which  were  strung  three  or  four 
strings.  In  playing  one  end  was  held  in  the  teeth  and  the  strings 


86  — 


fretted  with  a  stiff  grass  for  plectrum  :  like  the  last  article  it  was 
most  used  by  love-sick  swains.  No.  949,  etc.,  are  resonant  kauila 
sticks,  of  varying  length,  that  give  musical  tones  when  struck,  if 
properly  suspended,  a  distant  approach  to  the  Central  American 
Marimba.  The  nose  "flute",  ohe  hano  ihu,  was  a  joint  of  bambu 
played  by  closing  one  nostril  and  blowing  through  the  other. 
Nos.  877-80. 

Ornaments. — Flowers  have  always  been  a  favorite  ornament 
of  the  Hawaiians  of  both  sexes,  and  although  the  supply  of  beauti- 
ful flowers,  before  foreign  importations,  was  very  limited,  still  at- 
tractive lei  or  garlands  were  woven  of  the  ohia,  lehua,  maile,  moki- 
hana  and  other  native  blossoms,  leaves  and  fruits  ;  not  least  among 
the  last  were  the  keys  of  the  pandanus  fruit  which  furnished  and 
still  furnishes  necklaces  both  showy  and  odoriferous.  All  these, 
however,  were  perishable.  More  permanent  were  the  marks  of 
the  tatauers,  although  this  pradlice  was  neither  so  general,  nor 
were  the  designs  so  artistic  as  on  the  southern  islands  or  in  New 
Zealand.  Lizards,  crescents  and  triangles  were  sparingly  scattered 
over  the  body,  unsymmetrically  by  preference  ;  thus  one  leg  would 
be  covered  with  a  diaper  of  triangles  while  the  other  was  left 
untouched. 

Strings  of  shells  were  both  durable  and  beautiful,  especially 
those  made  on  Niihau  of  a  small  white  Columbella,  No.  1345,  c.  16. 
Cowries  (Cyprcza  moneta),  Nos.  1282,  1283,  were  also  a  favorite, 
and  boar  tusks,  whale  teeth,  seeds  and  dried  fruits  also  contrib- 
uted to  personal  decoration.  Most  characteristic  of  all  were  the 
lei  niho  palaoa,  No.  1314,  in  Fig.  80,  necklaces  of  many  strands 
of  human  hair  closely  braided  in  a  square  cord,  to  which  was  at- 
tached the  cherished  ornament,  a  whale  tooth  carved  into  a  hook. 
These  were  kapu  to  all  below  the  rank  of  chief.  No.  1325,  c.  15, 


is  a  very  choice  specimen;  No.  4925,  a  composite  one  of  tortoise 
shell  and  ivory;  No.  1287  is  of  elephant  ivory  from  China;  No. 
4934  has  been  buried. 

A  favorite  bracelet  consisted  of  one  or  more  shells  of  pipipi 
(Nerita  picea  and polita)  fastened  around  the  wrist  by  a  string,  the 
black  species,  Nos.  1306,  1307,  often  ground  to  show  spots  or  lines 
of  white,  and  the  colored  species  also  polished  or  cut.  Another 
favorite  bracelet  was  composed  of  bosses  of  whale's  ivory  attached 
to  the  arm  in  the  same  way,  Nos.  4912-17,  c.  16.  These,  like  the 
other  ivory  ornaments,  the  Hawaiians  preferred  to  color  by  wrap- 
ping in  ki  leaves  and  exposing  to  the  smoke  of  sugar  cane.  Boar's 
tusks  were  often  strung  with  the  concavity  outward  for  bracelets, 
No.  7740.  Nos.  1303,  1304  are  gruesome  bracelets  made  of  alter- 
nating sections  of  tortoise  shell  and  human  bone,  the  latter  carved 
with  death  heads. 

There  is  nothing  to  indicate  that  the  use  of  finger  rings  was  an- 
cient, or  that  they  were  known  before  the  advent  of  foreigners. 
They  probably  came  in  with  the  more  barbarous  ear  rings  of  the 
strangers.  They  are  shown  in  Nos.  4968-72,  in  ivory,  coconut 
shell  and  kukui  nut,  all  of  poor  type. 

Necklaces  of  polished  kukui  nuts,  Nos.  2279,  7522-24,  have 
always  been  popular,  as  the  hard  nut  takes  a  durable  polish  ;  the 
polishing  and  carving  was  a  matter  of  much  labor.  The  seeds  of 
"Job's  tears"  (Coix  lachryma),  Nos.  6249-53;  of  the  seeds  of 
Abrus precatoria ,  No.  6372  ;  of  I^eucaena  glauca,  of  Acacia  koa,  and 
of  Ing  a  were  all  used,  and  specimens  are  in  c.  16.  The  ilima  lei, 
of  the  flowers  of  the  native  Sida  fallax  and  S.  meyeniana,  of  an 
orange  color  resembling  the  mamo  feathers,  are  made  and  worn  at 
the  present  day  as  of  old ;  models  to  show  the  color  and  effect  are 
in  c.  15.  The  capsules  of  mokihana  (Pelea  anisata),  No.  2296, 
c.  16,  have  a  strong  and  persistent  odor  of  anise  unpleasant  to  most 


-87- 


FIG.  80.     HAWAIIAN   ORNAMENTS. 


—  88  — 


white  people,  but  popular  with  the  natives  of  Kauai,  are  often 
strung  for  lei.  The  dried  fruit  of  Solatium  aculeatissimum ,  of  a 
bright  scarlet  color  are  used  by  Hawaiians  as  by  the  natives  of  the 
southern  islands. 

The  abundant  strings  of  dog  teeth  are  useful  not  merely  as 
ornament  but  also  to  ward  off  evil.  Nos.  1297,  1298  are  charms 
for  the  same  purpose,  the  cachelot  teeth  in  the  second  acting  like 
the  dog  teeth  as  a  prophylactic. 

The  curious  collection  of  glass  beads  once  worn  by  H.  R.  H. 
Keelikolani  are  fair  specimens  of  what  foreign  importations  were 
in  the  early  days. 

Kapa,  usually  pronounced  tapa,  was  the  cloth  of  the  Pacific. 
The  process  of  beating  vegetable  fibre  was  known  in  many  tropical 
lands,  but  was  nowhere  carried  to  such  perfection  as  here.  The 
very  coarse  product  of  the  western  islands  improves  as  we  go 
eastward  until  it  culminates  in  the  strong  and  delicate  fabric  of  the 
Hawaiian  Islands.  With  the  introduction  of  woven  cloths  at  prices 
far  below  the  cost  of  the  less  durable  native  manufacture,  bark 
cloth  is  become  a  thing  of  the  past,  and  on  these  islands  the  very 
implements  of  the  makers  are  held  as  curiosities.  Few  are  the 
natives  who  can  give  any  trustworthy  account  of  the  kapa  making 
of  their  ancestors,  and  yet  forty  years  ago  the  beaters  of  kapa  were 
still  at  work  in  the  Hawaiian  valleys,  and  the  cheerful  sound  of 
the  beating  was  heard  in  all  the  country  districts. 

No  loom  nor  complicated  machinery  was  needed  for  the  simple 
process  by  which  bark  was  converted  into  sheets  of  varying  size 
and  consistency.  A  log  of  some  tough  wood  was  cut  to  a  length 
of  about  six  feet,  hewn  to  a  flat  surface  three  to  four  inches  wide 
at  the  top,  cut  away  slightly  at  either  end  and  hollowed  longitudi- 
nally underneath,  Nos.  720,  711,  and  Fig.  81.  This  anvil,  laau 


kui  kapa  or  kua  kapa,  was  supported  on  two  stones.  A  variety  of 
hand  clubs,  some  round  (Iwhoa)  for  the  first  beating,  or  square 
(ie  kukii)  for  the  finishing,  and  a  few  calabashes  to  hold  water  or 
some  mucilaginous  liquid,  were  all  the  tools  needed  to  make  what 
was  probably  called  from  the  means  used  in  its  creation  "kapa"— 
ka  pa,  the  beaten  (see  Fig.  81). 

To  render  all  this  more  real  and  easy  to  be  understood  the 
group  in  c.  19  has  been  devised,  and  with  that  clearly  before  one 


FIG.  SI.    GROUP  OF  KAPA-MAKINO   TOOLS. 

the  whole  process  can  be  readily  understood,  and  it  only  remains 
to  call  attention  to  some  of  the  materials  used  and  the  many  forms 
of  beater,  or  rather  of  the  patterns  on  the  sides  of  these  beaters. 
As  the  Museum  has  in  preparation  a  very  full  account  of  not  only 
the  Hawaiian  but  also  of  the  other  Pacific  kapa,  illustrated  very 
fully  and  by  colored  plates,  no  great  detail  will  be  undertaken 
here.  The  raw  material  varied  somewhat,  but  most  common  by 
far  was  the  wauke  or  waoke  ( Broussonetia  papyrifera ) .  This 


"paper  mulberry"  is  a  shrub  or  small 
Polynesians  ;  but  according  to  Berth- 
old  Seeman  it  has  never  been  found 
wild.  Formerly  extensively  cultivated 
on  these  islands  it  is  now  found  all 
over  the  group  in  moist  forests  as  an 
escape  from  cultivation.  The  habit 
of  the  waoke  is  to  branch  from  the 
base  and  not  to  form  main  trunks, 
and  it  is  from  these  numerous  low 
branches  that  the  bark  is  stripped  in 
lengths  of  about  six  feet  and  a  width 
of  two  inches.  Specimens  of  these 
strips  are  in  c.  17,  dried  as  always 
until  the  sap  has  evaporated,  when 
they  are  stored  for  future  use  either 
with  the  bark  still  on,  or  commonly 
after  this  has  been  removed  by  use  of 
the  oloria  scrapers  in  the  way  shown 
in  c.  25.  The  men  cut  the  branches 
but  it  was  the  women's  work  to  strip 
off  the  bark.  In  use  the  strips  were 
soaked  in  water  until  soft,  then  beaten 
with  the  hohoa,  Nos.  365-92,  c.  17, 
on  a  smooth  stone  until  the  fibres 
were  more  or  less  felted  together, 
making  rather  thick  strips  of  stock 
material.  When  kapa  was  to  be  made 
a  sufficient  supply  of  this  was  soaked 
over  night  and  then  beaten  on  the  kua 
kuku  by  the  ie  kuku.  Strip  was  welded 


-89- 

tree   cultivated  by  most          surface  of  more  than  125  sq.  ft.  were  obtained.    The  pattern  (nao) 

on  the  beater  gave  the  water  mark  or 
tissue    figure   to   the    kapa,    as   may 
in    the 


readily  be  seen  in  the  specimens 
shown  in  the  windows  at  either  side 
of  c.  19.  In  this  state  the  pulp  was 
sometimes  colored,  either  by  dyes, 
mostly  of  vegetable  origin,  or  previ- 
ously colored  kapa  was  pulped  and 
then  beaten  in;  charcoal  (nanahu) 
made  from  waoke  stems,  pili  grass, 
etc.,  and  red  ochre  (a/aea)  were  also 
powdered  and  peppered  in  to  the 
moist  pulp  before  the  final  beating. 
Pieces  accidentally  torn  were  mended 
by  the  welding  process,  and  patterns 
were  also  applied  cut  from  kapa  of 
other  colors.  The  only  other  material 
beside  waoke  that  need  be  mentioned 
is  the  mamaki  (  Pipturus  albidus  ) , 
from  which  is  beaten  a  strong  brown 
kapa,  specimens  of  which  are  in 
cc.  1 8  and  20. 

In  olden  time  the  kapa  beating 
was  done  in  one  of  the  six  houses  of 
a  well-to-do  Hawaiian,  but  in  later 
times  I  have  usually  seen  the  old 
women  establish  their  kua  kuku  un- 
der some  tree  near  a  brook  or  kalo 
FIG.  x».  KAI-A  BEATERS:  IE  KUKU.  patch.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that 

to  strip  until  sheets  of  a          the  women,  while  at  work,  had  a  system  of  signalling  by  blows  and 


—  go  — 


FIG.  S3.     OLD    f'.ISARS    HOUSE:     HAI.K    I'll. I. 


intervals  from  valley  to  valley.  Lauhuki  was  the  god  of  kapa 
makers ;  so  also  was  Hai.  It  generally  took  four  days  to  beat  an 
ordinary  sheet  of  kapa.  The  patterns  on  kapa  beaters  are  not 
numerous  and  may  be  arranged  as  follows  :  first  is  the  smooth  surface 
called  mole ;  longi- 
tudinal grooves 
o  n  e  - 1  h  i  r  d  of  an 
inch  apart  convert 
the  mole  into 
pepehi  (  Fig.  82  ), 
No.  5 ;  when  the 
grooves  are  closer 
(20-25  to  an  inch) 
the  pattern  be- 
comes hoopai,  No. 
3,  by  far  the  most 
common  and  per- 
haps the  best  for 
felting  the  bark 
fibres  together. 
If  the  pepehi  is 
crossed  by  a  series 
of  parallel  lines  at 
right  angles  the 
pattern  becomes 
pepehi  halua,  No. 
10 ;  and  if  two  se- 
ries cross  the  lines  of  the  pepehi  at  less  than  a  right  angle  the  pat- 
tern becomes  pepehi  halua  maka  upena,  No.  2,  or  simply  maka 
upena  =  meshes  of  a  net.  If  any  of  these  patterns  have  on  their 
flat  surfaces  round  holes  the  term  pupu,  No.  7,  is  added,  while  if 


FIG.  84.    PANDANUS  BASKETS. 


the  holes  be  triangular,  No.  u,  the  name  is  niho  mano  =  shark 
teeth.  So  hoopai  crossed  by  lines  at  a  right  angle  becomes  hoopai 
halua,  but  when  the  crossing  is  at  other  angles  it  becomes  hoopai 
pawehe  or  halua  pawehe.  Another  very  common  form  is  an  undu- 
lating ridge ;  if  the 
undulations  are 
parallel  they  form 
koeau,  No.  4 ;  if 
not,  pnili,  No.  6. 
These  undulations 
are  often  separated 
by  lines  when  the 
term  halua  is  add- 
ed, as  in  the  cen- 
tral figure.  The 
iwipuhi,  No.  8, 
resembles  the 
backbone  of  an  eel; 
the  lauma'u,  No. 
9,  the  pinnate  leaf 
of  a  fern ;  the  ka- 
puai  koloa,  No.  10, 
is  supposed  to  re- 
semble the  track 
of  a  duck.  Nearly 
all  other  patterns 
are  slight  modifica- 
tions of  these.  Not  unnaturally  certain  makers  of  kapa  had  prefer- 
ence for  particular  patterns  of  beater,  and  some  forms  seem  to  be 
almost  confined  to  Kauai ;  but  beyond  the  patterns  mentioned  in- 
vention did  not  pass,  and  today  the  names  have  been  generally 


forgotten.  If  the  visitor  cares  to  identify  any  of  these  patterns  on 
the  beaters  in  c.  17  the  following  list  will  help  in  the  identifica- 
tion :  the  numbers  are  those  of  the  specimens. 


—  92  — 


Ehe  hoopii,  2i5  =  Koeau. 
Haao,    193,   257,  2856  =  Koeau 

halua. 

Halua  leihala,  224. 
Halua  pawehe,  198. 
Halua  koeau,  193,  203. 
Halua  manama=Maka   upena. 
Halua  puili,    189 — better  Puili 

koeau. 
Halua    pupu,    230,    240  =  Mole 

halua  pupu. 

Hoopai,  206,  213,8673,  242,  2893. 
Hoopai  halua,  216. 
Hoopai    pawehe,    198  =  Halua 

pawehe. 

Hoopai  puu,  212. 
Huelopoki  =  Iwipuhi. 
Iwipuhi,  1 88. 
Kalukalo  =  Koeau. 
Kapuai  koloa,  227,  188. 
Koeau,  196,  215. 
Koeau  halua,  193,  200,  255,  205. 
Koeau  pawehe,  253. 
L,aukoa  ==  Lauma'u. 
L,auma'u,  191,  202. 


Mole,  243. 

Mole  halua,  211. 

Mole  halua  pupu,  214,  282, 
2924,  284. 

Mole  halua  leihala,  224. 

Mole  pupu,  217. 

Nanauahuki  =  Koeau  halua. 

Oholupalupa,  220,  241  =  angu- 
lar Puili. 

Painiu  =  Lauma'u. 

Papa  konane,  194. 

Pawehe,  220. 

Pepehi,  233. 

Pepehi  halua,  207,  283. 

Pepehi  halua  pupu,  210. 

Pepehi  halua  niho  mano,  219, 
258,  274,  2845. 

Pepehi  maka  upena,  208-9,  255- 

Pepehi  pupu,  218. 

Puili,  199,  387,  200. 

Puili  halua,   189,  200,  197,  204. 

Puili  pawehe,  190,  220. 

Pukapuka  =  Mole  pupu,  217. 

Uahaao  =  Halua  pawehe. 

Waiele  =  Puili. 


Names  of  the  patterns  cut  on  the  ohekapala  or  bambu  stamps 
cannot  be  so  easily  classified,   as  the  numerous  names  are  not 


always  suggested  by  the  form  and  are  generally  capricious  and  with- 
out meaning.  In  this  collection  are  more  than  a  hundred  distinct 
patterns,  but  none  shows  any  artistic  invention,  and  they  are  all 
geometric  combinations,  rarely  attempts  to  imitate  natural  objects. 
Owing  to  the  curved  shape  of  the  bambu  the  width  was  limited  in 
each  die,  and  to  cover  a  large  kapa  infinite  pains  were  required  to 
repeat  the  small  impression  in  order  and  properly  joined.  The 
specimens  in  cc.  18  and  20  will  show  how  well  this  was  done. 
When  the  pigments  were  to  be  applied  either  by  these  stamps  or 
by  the  means  to  be  mentioned  presently  they  were  ground  in  oil, 
usually  of  kamani,  kukui  or  coconut,  in  a  stone  mortar  (Nos. 
2979-81,  c.  17).  All  these  grinding  tools  are  shown  here.  Beside 
the  stamps  the  Hawaiians  used  natural  objects,  as  sea  urchins,  or 
fish  hooks  for  impressions,  although  it  is  not  known  that  they  used 
fern  leaves,  as  did  the  Tahitians ;  also  cords,  Nos.  1267,4495, 
dipped  in  the  thick  liquid  and  snapped  on  the  kapa  like  a  chalk 
line;  by  pens  of  bambu  or  wood,  Nos.  1262-66,  and  by  painting 
with  a  brush  furnished  by  the  ever  useful  pandanus,  No.  2982. 
Kapa  was  waterproofed  by  saturation  in  oil  which  never  seemed  to 
completely  dry.  Kapa  made  into  pa'u  or  the  female  waistcloth 
and  those  used  for  dances  are  in  c.  18;  the  bed  kapa  and  "piece 
goods"  are  in  c.  20;  and  in  these  two  cases  are  specimens  of  all 
the  known  forms  of  this  fine  fabric.  Of  the  kapa  in  cc.  19  and  20 
certain  specimens  may  especially  interest  the  visitor.  No.  2323  is 
a  cotton  cloth  printed  to  imitate  native  work.  The  oiled  riding 
pa'u  in  the  upper  part  of  this  case  show  fine  printing ;  No.  2373  is 
the  favorite  "bent  knee"  pattern;  No.  2394  is  a  magic  kapa  used 
by  the  kahuna  as  an  aphrodisiac  of  dangerous  potency  ;  No.  2432  is 
a  pattern  that  I  have  never  seen  repeated,  consisting  of  a  circle 
divided  into  quadrants  by  lines  of  stamps ;  No.  2397  is  the  haukeuke 
or  echinus  pattern,  and  No.  2469  is  the  fish  hook  pattern.  No. 


2398  seems  to  be  a  good  imitation  of 
quarter  of  the  last  century  ;  the  frag- 
ment, No.  2471,  is  well  designed  with 
red  stripes  and  green  spots  ;  No.  2366 
is  a  very  old  specimen  of  painted  work, 
done  with  the  pandanus  brushes  ( No. 
2982,  c.  17);  No.  2395  is  another 
echinus  pattern;  No.  2379  is  a  good 
example  of  the  better  class  of  malo, 
the  common  garment  of  the  men,  and 
No.  2451  is  a  very  elaborate  ruled 
malo  ;  No.  2370  is  a  specimen  of  the 
maniaki,  a  kapa  of  much  harsher  tex- 
ture than  the  waoke;  No.  2364  is  a 
fine  white  kapa,  and  No.  2396  a  deli- 
cate pink  mahunalii ;  No.  2316  is  a 
sheet  3X9  ft.,  closely  covered  with 
stamps  which  must  have  required  in- 
finite patience ;  No.  2450  was  made 
by  punching  the  pattern  through  a 
sheet  of  black  kapa  and  then  beating 
this  when  wet  to  a  white  sheet ;  Nos. 
2490,  2491  are  kihci,  a  sort  of  shawl 
glazed  with  breadfruit  varnish ;  No. 
2465  isxan  imitation  of  a  foreign 
shawl;  No.  2487  is  a  specimen  of 
the  dress  given  by  the  missionaries 
as  a  substitute  for  the  more  grace- 
ful pa'u,  the  pattern  ruled  in  black 


-93- 
Krench  prints  of  the  second  In  c.  20  are  the  bed  kapa 


FIG.  Ho.     HINAI    POEPOE. 


and  red  with  bambu  pens. 


Usually  a  kuina  of  a  kapa  moc  consists 
of  five  sheets  stitched  together  at  one 
edge  with  a  kapa  tape,  and  the  top 
sheet  is  often  colored  or  printed  and 
is  called  kilohana  ;  in  some  examples 
there  are  two  kilohana.  No.  2334  is 
a  silk-like  specimen  8X12  ft.;  No. 
2362  has  the  kilohana  beautifully 
printed  black  on  white ;  No.  2462  is 
a  sheet  of  kalukalu,  the  most  delicate 
kapa  made,  and  was  one  of  a  kuiua 
belonging  to  Kamehameha  III ;  No. 
2466  is  another  piece  of  kalukalu ; 
No.  2505  is  made  by  beating  in  strips 
of  colored  kapa ;  Nos.  2459,  2486 
are  mamaki  kapa,  and  No.  2446  is 
well  painted;  No.  2419  has  a  kilo- 
liana  called  aeokahaloa  ;  No.  2345  is 
a  very  old  bed  kapa,  6X7.7  ft.,  of  a 
favorite  stripe.  No.  2352  has  a  kilo- 
hana of  blue  with  dark  squares  and 
triangles,  then  a  white  sheet  and  an- 
other kilohana  of  white  with  broken 
stripes  followed  by  two  white  sheets. 
To  those  who  wish  to  pursue  farther 
the  study  of  kapa,  a  Memoir,  soon  to 
appear  in  the  Museum  publications, 
will,  it  is  hoped,  afford  ample  material, 
as  it  will  be  fully  illustrated  both  with  plain  and  colored  plates. 


—  94  — 


FIG.  SB.     HAWAIIAN    FANS. 


\ 


—  95  — 


The  House. — While  it  is  true  that  the  common  people  often 
had  insufficient  shelter  in  the  ancient  days,  living  in  caves  or  miser- 
able huts,  several  families  often  herding  together,  the  houses  of  the 
chiefs  and  well-to-do  citizens  were  by  no  means  uncomfortable, 
although  destitute  of  any  architectural  beauty.  Even  the  palace 
of  the  king  was  not  an  elaborate  structure,  and  all  looked  at  some 
distance  like  well  trimmed  haystacks,  from  the  grass  with  which 
they  were  covered.  In  the  second  quarter  of  the  last  century 
Honolulu  was,  with  few  exceptions,  composed  of  such  houses. 
The  house  in  this  hall  is  one  well  deserving  study,  for  the  frame 
was  cut  of  naio  and  uhiuhi  wood  with  stone  adzes,  and  was  found 
in  a  remote  valley  of  Kauai  by  Mr.  W.  E.  Deverill,  and  given  to 
the  Museum  by  the  Knudsen  brothers,  to  whom  the  valley  be- 
longed. It  was  put  together  in  the  ancient  way  by  skilled  natives, 
tied  together  with  ukiuki  braid  and  thatched  with  pili  grass.  As  the 
door  was  always  low  a  portion  of  the  thatch  has  been  left  off  to 
admit  light  to  the  interior,  and  to  show  both  the  structure  and 
the  furnishing. 

The  building  of  a  chief's  house  will  serve  as  an  illustration  of 
all  the  rest,  which  differed  mainly  in  size  and  finish.  Religious 
rites,  which  filled  so  large  a  part  of  the  daily  life  of  a  respectable 
Polynesian,  had  an  important  part  in  the  building  of  his  dwelling. 
It  is  not  necessary  here  to  describe  them  all,  as  this  has  most  fully 
been  described  in  a  Memoir  in  preparation  for  this  series,  on 
Hawaiian  life,  in  course  of  publication  by  the  Museum.  The 
aspect  of  the  site,  what  the  Chinese  call  its  "Fung  Suey,"  was 
determined  by  the  kahuna  ;  the  time  for  cutting  the  timber,  the 
kinds  to  use,  as  for  example,  opposing  rafters  must  both  be 
of  the  same  wood  or  the  house  would  be  unlucky ;  the  sacrifice 
of  a  man  to  place  under  the  main  post  of  the  house ;  and  the 
final  cutting  of  the  grass  over  the  door;  all  were  occasions  for 
priestly  interference  and  taxation. 


The  dimensions  of  a  native  house  might  be  25  ft.  wide,  12  ft. 

deep,  and  of  a  height  from  4  or  5  ft.  at  the  hip  to  10  or  even  15  ft. 

at  the  ridge,  according  as  the  high  old  priestly  style  or  the  lower 

and  more  modern  one 
was  adopted .  The  shape 
of  common  houses  at  the 
time  of  Cook's  visit  is 
well  shown  in  the  view 
taken  by  Waber  at  that 
time  and  transferred  to 
the  background  of  c.  19. 
The  corner  posts  were 
planted  first,  set  deep  in 
the  earth  or  among  the 
stones  of  the  platform  on 
which  the  better  houses 
were  built ;  the  other 
posts  of  a  side  were  then 
set  at  intervals  of  about 

J'^Sga^ji       /v  3  ft. ,  and  when  the  posts 

of  front  and  back  were 
complete  the  plates  were 
bound  firmly  with  cord 
to  grooves  already  cut 


' 


in  the  posts,  leaving  a 
slight  finger  projecting 
above  the  plate  to  en- 

— ~ — : — : — ^_ -    gage    the    fork    of   the 

FIG.  ST.   HAWAIIAN  FISH  HOOKS.  rafter.     The   two   main 

posts  were  then  raised  and  it  was  under  one  of  these  that  the  human 
sacrifice  was  placed  in  the  case  of  a  chief's  house.  The  ridgepole 
was  bound  to  notches  in  the  top  of  the  main  posts  and  the  rafters 


-96- 


FIG.  88.     HAWAIIAN   FISH    BASKETS   AND   TRAPS. 


—  97  — 


were  bound  carefully  to  this  and  to  the  uprights ;  then  the  whole 
building  was  drawn  tightly  together  with  ropes  until  the  ahu  or 
small  lath-like  sticks  were  tied  on  all  over  the  house.  The  frame 
was  then  ready  for  the  thatch,  which  might  be  pili  grass,  ki  leaf,  or 
sugar  caiie  leaf,  the  first  being  most  durable.  There  were  no  win- 
dows and  the  plank  door  was  usually  not  over  3  ft.  high.  A  light 
fence  around  the  outside  completed  the  dwelling,  but  the  owner 
might  not  move  into  it  until  the  priest  had  uttered  the  kuwa  or 
prayer  at  the  cutting  of  the  grass  over  the  door.  As  the  Museum 
house  is  not  intended  for  habitation  this  grass  has  been  left  uncut. 
Within  there  was  little  enough  in  the  way  of  furniture.  A  raised 
portion  of  the  gravel  floor,  the  hikiee,  was  covered  with  finer  mats 
and  was  the  bed  for  the  family.  A  small  circle  of  stones  in  the 
floor  marked  the  fireplace,  if  the  house  was  in  a  cool  situation, 
but  there  was  no  chimney  except  sometimes  a  small  hole  at  one 
gable.  A  few  calabashes  to  hold  food  and  clothing,  some  dishes 
for  pig,  dog  or  fish,  some  water  bottles,  a  few  rolls  of  mats  and 
some  bundles  of  kapa  :  this  was  essentially  all  the  furniture  of  the 
ancient  Hawaiians.  "Great  pity  for  him!"  says  David  Malo. 

While  Kapu  was  the  supreme  law  of  the  land,  an  Hawaiian 
establishment  consisted  of  at  least  six  distinct  houses :  i.  Heiau, 
where  the  family  gods  resided  ;  women  could  not  enter.  2.  Kua,  or 
house  for  beating  kapa  ;  the  women's  workroom.  2.  Pea,  or  house 
where  females  could  retire  during  their  infirmity.  4.  Kua,  or  men's 
eating  house  ;  women  could  not  enter.  5.  Aina,  or  women's  eat- 
ing house  ;  men  could  not  enter,  except  priests.  6.  Aroa,  or  com- 
mon sleeping  house  where  guests  were  received.  The  abolition  of 
kapu  and  the  extinction  of  kapa  making  did  away  with  this  multi- 
farious abode,  and  bringing  all  together  made  the  house  more 
comfortable.  A  new  grass  house  is  cool  and  pleasant,  but  it  soon 

HANDBOOK  B.  P.  B.  M.— 7. 


gets  full  of  vermin,  and  from  its  poor  ventilation  musty  and  un- 
wholesome. It  should  be  remembered  that  they  were  generally 
occupied  only  at  night  and  in  wet  weather.  There  are  still  some 
"hale  pili"  left  in  out-of-the-way  places,  but,  like  the  kapa  making, 
they  belong  to  a  past  that  can  never  return. 

In  the  centre  of  the  Hall  is  the  model  of  the  crater  of  Kilauea, 
made  by  Mr.  W.  A.  Bryan.  It  is  on  a  scale  of  130  ft.  to  the  inch, 
and  shows  the  conditions  of  1903. 

Medicine. — Very  little  is  now  known  of  the  medical  practice 
of  the  ancient  Hawaiians,  but  it  probably  closely  resembled  the 
kahuna  practice  of  the  present  day.  No  such  knowledge  of  medici- 
nal herbs  as  was  possessed  by  the  Amerind  existed  on  these  Islands. 
Evil  spirits  were  at  the  bottom  of  physical  as  well  as  moral  troubles 
and  disturbances,  and  must  be  exorcised  by  the  help  of  other 
aumakua  more  powerful  and  better  disposed  toward  suffering 
humanity.  Charms  and  incantations  usurped  the  place  of  simples, 
and  an  experimental  study  of  the  effects  of  the  trees  and  plants  of 
the  mountains  seemed  out  of  place  when  the  scrapings  of  a  beach 
pebble  could  kill  or  cure.  Where  medicinal  plants  were  used  they 
have  not  generally  been  identified.  The  use  of  the  calabash  vine 
in  very  large  doses  as  a  cathartic  was  well  known.  Noni  (Morinda 
citrifolia)  was  a  popular  medicine  applied  both  internally  and  ex- 
ternally ;  in  the  latter  case  the  ripe  fruit  is  used  even  by  foreigners 
as  a  useful  poultice.  Ahuhu  ( Tephrosia  piscatoria)  was  used  to 
stupefy  fish  and  human  sufferers.  Koko  (Euphorbia  lorifolia)  and 
Koali  (Ipomtra  insularis}  were  plants  of  recognized  medicinal  vir- 
tues. Mud  baths,  sea  bathing  and  massage  were  all  resorted  to 
for  their  curative  properties.  The  lomilomi  or  massage  was  of 
great  efficacy  when  practiced  by  skilled  old  women,  whether  to 


-98  — 


palliate  the  effects  of  gluttony,  to  cure  headaches,  or  give  rest  to 
overworked  muscles,  and  one  of  the  most  capital  instruments,  next 
to  the  human  hand,  is  seen  in  Nos.  1163,  1164,  c.  21.  In  surgery 
there  was  little  to  be  described.  Cutting  the  umbilicus  was  a  re- 
ligious rather  than  a  surgical  operation,  while  the  universal  circum- 
cision or  incision  was  purely  sanitary  and  had  nothing  religious 
about  it.  Abortion  was  practiced  in  various  ways ;  the  Hawaiian 
vocabulary  contains  seven  words  designating  as  many  methods ; 
No.  4980  is  a  bambu  stiletto  used  for  that  purpose.  In  adminis- 
tering clysters  (usually  an  infusion  of  hau  bark  in  hot  water)  a 
syringe  was  made  of  a  cow's  horn  (No.  174),  of  bambu  (No.  175), 
or  commonly  "f  gourd  (Nos.  4974-79),  the  patient  being  placed  on 
his  knees  with  his  head  to  the  ground.  No.  4107  is  an  ivory 
pounder  for  Crushing  drugs,  and  No.  177  is  a  cup  made  from  the 
vertebra  of  a  cachelot,  bone  and  ivory  being  considered  especially 
fit  for  the  preparation  and  administering  of  remedial  agents. 
Nos.  4248,  4249  are  bath  rubbers  of  vesicular  lava,  used  to 
remove  loose  epidermis.  No.  4988  is  a  bundle  of  maia  pilo  wood 
(Capparis  sandwichiana)  over  which  a  kahuna  has  breathed  a 
blessing  ;  in  serious  cases  this  was  used  to  cook  the  food  prescribed 
by  the  kahuna.  No.  4981  is  a  bit  of  pumice  used  to  remove  the 
fur  on  a  patient's  tongue,  and  by  removing  the  symptom  so  cure 
the  disease  !  But  it  would  be  unprofitable  to  follow  these  matters 
farther  in  this  place. 

There  is  of  course  nothing  ancient  about  the  use  of  tobacco 
on  these  Islands  ;  it  was  introduced  by  the  whites  and  quickly 
adopted  by  the  natives,  who  generally  raised  their  own  tobacco  in 
the  earlier  days,  the  weed  growing  here  as  a  weed  usually  does. 
The  fashion  of  the  pipe  was,  however,  curious,  and  specimens  have 
been  brought  together  in  c.  21.  In  smoking,  the  Hawaiians  used 
to  pull  a  few  whiffs  and  then  pass  the  pipe  to  the  next  person ; 


smoke  was  generally  swallowed.  For  pipes  wood  was  the  rule, 
and  whale  ivory,  No.  4318,  the  exception,  and  old  chiefs  affected 
those  of  great  size,  as  No.  4311,  called  "Kika,"  belonging  to  Gov. 
M.  Kekuanaoa,  which  was  20  in.  long  and  16.5  in.  around  the 
elbow.  No.  4325  is  of  orange  wood  and  has  two  bowls  arranged 
tandem  ;  it  belonged  to  a  kahuna.  Tobacco  was  carried  in  a  small 
coconut  shell,  Nos.  4327-29,  4492,  4493,  as  was  the  custom 
throughout  the  Pacific. 

Baskets  and  Mats. — The  early  voyagers  speak  of  the  bas- 
kets of  the  Hawaiians  with  approbation,  perhaps  referring  to  the 
hinai  poepoe  shown  in  c.  22 ;  but  in  later  times  the  basket  work 
has  greatly  degenerated  and  at  last  has  been  confined  to  the  mak- 
ing of  fish  traps  and  an  inferior  kind  of  pandanus  basket  or  sack. 
The  same  6bservation  has  been  made  of  the  mats,  of  which  the 
finer  varieties  are  no  longer  made.  It  certainly  was  not  always  a 
manufacture  of  a  low  grade,  and  that  the  voyagers  were  right  in 
their  commendation  is  proved  not  only  by  the  hinai  poepoe  but  by 
a  basket  which  seems  to  be  the  only  survivor,  at  least  none  have 
been  found  in  any  museum.  This,  No.  7651,  was  for  many  years 
preserved  in  Boston.  It  is  made  of  the  aerial  roots  of  the  ieie 
(Freyrinetia  arnotti}  delicately  plaited  in  two  colors,  brown  and 
black,  and  the  cover  was  bound  on  by  means  of  loops  of  finely 
braided  coconut  fibre.  A  smaller  one  of  the  same  kind,  but  with- 
out a  cover,  No.  6942,  was  used  in  the  house  of  Rev.  Asa  Thurston 
at  Kailua  in  1820,  and  continued  in  use  in  a  busy  household  for 
nearly  eighty  years,  is  still  in  good  condition  save  the  loss  of  the 
cover.  The  loss  of  this  art  is  greatly  to  be  lamented,  for  no  better 
baskets  are  known.  With  the  same  material,  abundant  in  the 
mountain  regions,  were  made  the  hinai  poepoe  already  mentioned  ; 
these  were  originally  bowls,  of  wood  or  gourd,  around  which  was 


-99" 

netted  the  basket  so  firmly  and  durably  that  when  the  bowl  or 
gourd  was  broken  or  decayed  the  basket  remained  as  good  as  ever ; 
No.  3889  shows  the  beautiful  work  around  a  wooden  umeke  ;  No. 
3890  is  complete 
with  cover;  No. 
1 550  is  one  where 
the  wooden  ume- 
ke long  ago  dis- 
appeared and  the 
basket  has  been 
used  for  fish ,  still 
strong  and  use- 
ful. Gourd  bot- 
tles were  some- 
times covered  in 
the  same  way, 
No.  5350;  No. 
1409  originally 
had  a  gourd  with- 
in. Baskets  of  a 
coarser  make, 
used  for  fish ,  nets , 
etc.,  are  on  the 
lower  shelf.  The 
baskets  of  pan- 
danus  are  in  c.  23 
and  are  not  re- 
markable for  either  beauty  of  form  or  good  workmanship.  The 
bottom  is  usually  square  and  the  sides  rise  to  a  circular  rim  to 
which  a  handle  is  attached.  Another  form  has  also  a  square 
foundation  but  is  closed  in  at  the  top,  leaving  a  narrow  opening 


FIG.  SI.     HAWAIIAN    Sl'IXXIXG    "X    HIS    THIGH. 


which  is  closed  with  a  flat  cover  through  which  pass  the  strings 
which  serve  for  a  handle  and  fastening.  Fig.  84  shows  both  these 
and  other  forms. 

In  c.  22  is  a  portion  of  a  makaloa  mat  just  begun  which  shows 
the  method  of  arranging  the  grass,  which  differs  somewhat  from 
that  adopted  with  the  pandanus  mats,  a  specimen  of  which  is  in 
the  opposite  case.  The  favorite  figures  found  on  the  makaloa  or 
Niihau  mats  are  shown  on  the  back  of  the  case.  No.  5621  is  a 
simple  basket  of  palm  leaves,  much  used  for  fruit.  Rolls  of  the 
pandanus  leaves  ready  for  the  weaver  are  Nos.  8572,  8573,  c.  23. 
The  mats  have  already  been  described,  and  are  found  in  K.  A  bit 
of  mat  work  neatly  finished  to  a  suitable  form  served  well  for  fan 
(Fig.  86),  and  the  small,  narrow  specimens  shown  in  c.  23  are 
very  useful  and  durable  for  their  purpose,  unsurpassed  by  any 
others  in  the  Pacific.  The  fan  of  olden  time,  peahi,  was  stiffer  and 
of  more  complicated  structure,  but  by  no  means  so  useful.  A  num- 
ber of  specimens  of  this  old  form  are  in  the  British  Museum,  but 
here  there  is  only  one,  No.  7965,  c.  23.  At  the  present  day  fans  of 
foreign  form  are  neatly  made  of  split  bambu  and  variously  deco- 
rated, of  which  specimens  are  shown.  Another  application  of 
mat  work  is  seen  in  the  pillows,  iduna.  The  pillow  is  firm,  stuffed 
with  hala  leaves,  and  but  slightly  elastic,  a  capital  accompaniment 
to  the  mat  bed.  No.  1145  is  the  longest  (21  in.)  of  the  collection; 
No.  1144  shows  the  effect  obtained  by  alternating  sun-dried  and 
house-dried  leaves.  In  the  second  volume  of  the  Museum  Mem- 
oirs the  subject  of  mat  and  basket  work  is  treated  at  length,  and 
the  visitor  curious  in  such  matters  is  referred  to  that. 

Fisheries. — We  may  say,  without  boasting,  that  the  collec- 
tion of  hooks,  nets  and  other  implements  in  cc.  24  and  25  is  the 
most  complete  to  be  found  in  any  museum.  The  Kamehameha 


ICO 


family  were  all  noted  fishermen,  and  their  choice  hooks  and  other 
implements  came,  through  Mrs.  Bishop,  to  this  Museum;  and,  as 
in  olden  time  Hawaiians  lived  largely  on  fish  and  were  very  skilled 
fishermen,  contrivances  were  many  and  ingenious  to  capture  the 
finny  prey.  At  present  the  Japanese  have  taken  the  place  of 
natives  in  all  important  fisheries. 

Fish  hooks  were  made  of  tortoise  shell,  ivory,  shell  and  bone, 
before  the  introduction  of  metal.  With  the  nails  obtained  from 
early  visitors  the  Hawaiians 
made  hooks  similar  in  shape  to 
their  earlier  hooks,  many  of 
which  also  were  without  barbs. 
The  hooks  were  filed  with  the 
bits  of  lava  as  shown  in  c.  8,  and 
the  finish  is  often  of  the  most 
perfect  kind.  To  each  hook, 
when  ready  for  use,  is  attached 
a  cord,  called  kaa,  bound  per- 
manently to  the  shank  and  usu- 
ally whipped  with  a  thread  of 
olona.  This,  which  may  be  from 
a  few  inches  to  a  yard  in  length, 


varied  in  size,  as  they  were  used  for  different  fish,  and  they  some- 
times had  a  barb  inside,  sometimes  outside,  or  in  both  positions 
as  shown  in  the  lower  right-hand  specimens  in  Fig.  87.  The 
makau  palaoa,  made  from  the  tooth  of  the  cachelot,  was  of  similar 
shape,  of  circular  section,  and  remarkably  well  finished.  The 
makau  papaua  were  filed  from  shell  and  were  nearly  finished  before 
they  were  detached  from  the  shell,  which  served  as  a  convenient 
handle.  These  were  sometimes  very  small,  and  No.  3757  is  the 

smallest  in  the  collection.  An- 
other form  of  shell,  or  shell  and 
bone,  or  tortoise  shell,  is  the 
pa  hi  aku  or  hooks  for  the  fish 
aku.  There  is  a  shank  of  pa- 
paua or  pearl  shell  to  which 
is  attached,  by  fibres  passing 
through  drilled  holes,  a  barb 
or  point  of  bone,  often  human 
or  ea.  Many  of  these  are  shown 
as  well  as  the  shanks  in  process 
of  manufacture.  The  bone 
hooks  were  either  of  one  piece, 
often  of  large  size,  No.  7739, 


is  tied  to  the  a/to  or  long  line 
when  used.  The  space  between  the  point  and  shank  determines 
the  kind  of  fish  to  which  the  hook  is  presented,  and  in  many  hooks 
this  space  is  so  limited  that  it  is  apt  to  surprise  a  stranger  that 
the  fish  could  squeeze  their  lip  into  it ;  it  is  true  that  the  old 
fishermen  caught  more  with  these  peculiar  hooks  than  they 
could  with  the  more  dangerous-looking  hooks  of  the  foreigner. 
Of  the  makau  ea  or  tortoise  shell  hooks  in  this  collection  the  num- 
ber is  so  considerable  that  they  seem  the  most  popular.  They 


FIG.  00.     MANOA   IMAGE. 


or  of  two  pieces  ingeniously 
spliced  with  sinew,  No.  7826,  or  perhaps  olona  fibre.  It  was  con- 
sidered lucky  to  fish  with  a  hook  of  human  bone,  No.  5285,  and 
the  bones  of  enemies  were  often  so  used. 

Shark  hooks,  makau  mano,  were  often  made  of  wood  and 
pointed  with  bone,  Nos.  6924,  7737.  The  very  large  one,  No.  777, 
was  called  "Kiholo,"  and  was  always  baited  with  human  flesh. 
In  this  connection  should  be  mentioned  the  two  curious  double- 
edged  wooden  platters  of  elliptical  form  used  as  bait  dishes  by 


101 

Alapaiuui  of  Hawaii.  A  human  victim,  usually  a  slave,  was  cut 
up  and  left  to  decompose  for  several  days,  then  put  on  these  plat- 
ters and  carried  to  sea  on  the 
pola  of  a  double  canoe.  The 
hinu  or  oil  which  was  allowed  to 
drip  into  the  water  attracted  the 
sharks,  and  the  trail  thus  laid 
drew  them  into  deep  water  where 
the  king  and  alii  fought  them 
with  great  courage  and  skill. 
Alapainui  is  supposed  to  have 
died  in  1754,  and  at  that  time 
these  platters  were  placed  with 
other  relics  of  this  king  in  a  puoa 
at  Puuanahulu,  North  Kona, 
Hawaii,  where  they  were  care- 
fully guarded  by  successive  gen- 
erations of  kahu  until  the  lava 
flow  of  1868  threatened  to  cover 
the  hiding  place,  and  they  were 
removed  to  a  house  in  Kau- 
pulehu  where  they  were  kept 
until  the  last  of  the  kahu  died, 
in  1883,  when  they  were  pur- 
chased for  this  collection. 

To  return  to  the  hooks  :  the 
makau  lu  hee  or  squid  hooks 
(shown  in  the  upper  part  of  Fig. 
87)  were  a  permanent  combina- 
tion of  hook  and  bait,  the  latter  a  shell  of  Cypr&a  mauritanica  ; 
to  this  is  attached  a  cut  stone  sinker  of  a  similar  shape,  and  often 


FIG.  91.     THUONKS    OF    KALAKAI 


of  some  unusual  stone,  and  between  shell  and  sinker  is  a  stick    to 
one  end  of  which  is  fastened  the  line,  to  the  other  the  hook  of  bone 

and  later  of  metal,  concealed  by 
a  wisp  of  leaves.  A  similar  con- 
trivance, but  without  the  shell 
bait,  was  used  for  turtle,  Nos. 
779,  3791-  Halibut  hooks  made 
by_the  Amerinds  of  the  north- 
west coast,  with  whom  the  Ha- 
waiian whalers  had  considerable 
intercourse  in  early  days,  were 
naturalized  here  and  named 
makau  ia  hapuupuu,  Nos.  775, 
3659.  The  iron  hooks  need  not 
detain  us,  except  Nos.  3774, 
3777,  which  are  made  directly 
of  iron  nails  in  the  old  form. 
Fish  poles  were  of  native  bambu, 
of  which  a  fine  specimen  hangs 
over  the  entrance  to  this  alcove. 
Fish  spears  were  also  used,  kao, 
and  one  with  the  seven  prongs 
is  shown,  No.  769. 

A  more  unusual  method  of 
fishing  was  in  vogue  among  the 
old  Hawaiians ;  on  the  coast  of 
Hawaii  fishing  sticks,  laau  melo- 
melo,  are  employed  to  attract  the 
fish.  They  are  smeared  with  a 
peculiar  bait  and  left  in  the  water  to  attract  the  fish.  The palu  or  bait 
is  prepared  in  various  ways,  the  base  always  being  the  roasted  ink 


—  IO2  — 


tag  of  the  squid.  In  some  cases  stone  is  substituted  for  wood, 
Nos.  7452,  7453.  Bait  is  mixed  in  small  stone  mortars  with  wooden 
pestles  used  only  for  this  purpose,  Nos.  5151-55.  Fish  lines 
were  usually  of  olona,  some  small  ones  of  coconut  fibre.  No.  771 
is  very  old  and  was  used  for  kalekale,  oio,  ulua,  weke,  etc.  No. 
772  is  larger  for  ahi,  kahelo,  etc.  No.  3886  is  200  fathoms  long. 
Lines  were  kept  in  the  poho  aho,  a  gourd  bottle  with  stout  neck 
and  a  cover.  Another  form  used  for  both  lines  and  hooks,  ipu  le'z, 
consists  of  a  thick  wooden  bowl  with  a  much  larger  cover  of  gourd. 
In  some  examples,  especially  the  smaller  ones,  both  bowl  and  cover 
are  of  gourd,  No.  3994,  c.  30,  H.G.  Ingenious  reels  for  small 
lines  consisted  of  a  portion  of  the  neck  of  a  gourd  bottle,  No.  3822. 
Held  on  two  fingers  the  delivery  of  line  could  be  easily  regulated. 
A  simpler  reel  was  a  fragment  of  gourd,  No.  3825.  When  iron 
came  into  use  the  sharp  points  of  the  foreign  hooks  were  often  in- 
serted in  a  fold  of  the  fibrous  base  of  a  palm  leaf.  A  basket  of 
pandanus.  No.  3883,  was  used  for  bait,  the  side  pocket  for  hooks. 

Of  the  basketry  fish  traps  or  holders,  No.  3842,  are  used  to 
keep  a  decoy  fish  immersed  in  sea  water  until  wanted,  when  a 
cord  is  passed  through  its  snout  and  it  is  allowed  to  swim  around 
a  net.  The  small  traps  are  used  for  crustaceans,  like  shrimps, 
crabs,  etc.,  and  the  large  funnel-shaped  ones  are  for  the  same  game 
but  not  baited. 

Nets  ranged  from  the  small  hand  net  to  the  large  draft  nets 
more  than  perhaps  20  fathoms  long.  The  chosen  material  was 
olona,  the  strongest  and  most  durable,  as  well  as  most  flexible 
fibre  known  to  the  Hawaiians.  Specimens  of  the  smaller  hand 
nets  are  in  c.  24  ;  a  large  scoop  net  hangs  from  the  ceiling  in  front 
of  this  case,  and  in  c.  25  are  the  larger  nets.  Here  too  is  a  cast 
of  an  athletic  Hawaiian  scraping  the  olona  fibre,  which  is  then 
ready  to  be  spun  on  the  thigh,  as  shown  in  Fig.  89.  The  netting 


is  done  with  the  needles  and  mesh  sticks  already  noticed  in  c.  8. 

A  whip  or  broom,  pula,  No.  6369, 
was  used  to  drive  fish  into  the 

^A 

smaller  nets.  Where  floats  were 
needed  for  the  nets  blocks  of  wili- 
wili  wood  were  used,  and  stones 
made  sufficient  sinkers. 


Near  the  door  leading  into  V. 
there  stands  a  cast  of  a  curious 
figure  that  was  said  to  have  been 
in  Manoa  valley  before  Cook's 
visit.  Forty  years  ago  the  origi- 
nal, which  is  now  in  the  Berlin 
Museum  fiir  Vblkerkuiide,  stood 
at  the  entrance  to  Judge  Moffit's 
estate  at  Kahuku,  Oahu,  and  there 
it  was  often  worshipped,  with  its 
companion  gate  guardian  (cast  in 
c.  12).  The  ruff  and  cue  suggest 
a  Spaniard  of  the  fifteenth  century, 
and  it  may  be  a  relic  of  the  Spanish 
discoverers  of  this  group.  The  flat 
stone  near  by  is  from  the  altar  pave- 
ment of  a  fisherman's  temple  in 
Puna,  Hawaii.  The  large  slab  was 
cut  and  finished  with  stone  tools. 
The  first  gallery,  H.G.,  is  de- 
voted to  Hawaiian  Natural  His- 
tory, with  the  exception  of  the  front  end  where  certain  relics  of 
Hawaiian  chiefs  are  exhibited.  At  the  head  of  the  stairway  in 


FIG.  92.     BOWI.S    WITH    TEETH    AND 
HONES. 


—  103  — 


case  60  are  casts  of  tropical  fruits 
grown  on  these  Islands,  and  this 
collection  extends  into  cc.  76  and 
77 ;  all  have  been  cast  and  painted 
by  Mr.  J.  W.  Thompson  of  the 
Museum  staff. 

The  collection  of  Hawaiian 
fishes,  cast  and  painted  by  the 
same  artist,  begins  at  c.  78,  and 
when  the  majority  of  the  500  ± 
species  recognized  as  belonging  to 
this  region  are  all  done  will  ex- 
tend nearly  around  the  gallery  rail 
cases.  The  strange  forms  and 
brilliant  coloring  give'  a  good  idea 
of  the  Hawaiian  Fish  Fauna,  and 
this  seems  the  most  satisfactory 
way  of  preserving  both  form  and 
color  of  specimens  which,  as  is 
well  known,  cannot  easily  be  con- 
served in  any  other  way.  Cases 
26  and  27  contain  fish  specimens 
too  large  for  the  rail  cases,  while 
others,  as  the  sharks,  will  be  found 
suspended  from  the  ceiling. 

Case  28  has  certain  relics  of  the 
Kalakaua  reign,  swords,  epaulets, 
liveries,  etc.,  where  the  labels  tell 
sufficiently  the  story.  In  c.  29  are 
the  throne  of  the  later  Kameha- 
mehas,  a  koa  chair  covered  with 
crimson  damask,  and  on  either  side 
of  this  the  gilded  thrones  of  Kala- 


KIQ,  '-I?,     MKTH<)|)   <>F   MOUNTING  SMALL   ItlllDS 


kaua  and  Kapiolani.  The  carpet 
that  covers  the  floor  of  the  case 
was  woven  expressly  for  the  throne 
room  of  the  palace,  a  tropical  de- 
sign of  palm  leaves,  ferns  and 
pothos.  The  Royal  Standard 
hangs  on  the  wall  behind  the 
thrones,  and  the  Queen's  flag  on 
the  ceiling.  The  crown  is  on  the 
Queen's  throne,  and  the  sceptre  on 
that  of  the  king.  Crown,  sceptre 
and  gilded  thrones  belong  to  the 
later  years  of  Kalakaua's  reign. 
The  coat  of  arms  beneath  the 
Kamehameha  throne  (adopted  by 
Kamehameha  III )  was  from  the 
front  gate  of  the  palace  enclosure. 
In  c.  30  are  relics  of  the  Ka- 
mehamehas  and  the  older  Hawaii- 
an Alii.  Slop  bowls  and  spittoons 
inlaid  with  the  teeth  and  bones  of 
vanquished  enemies  (Fig.  92);  the 
malo  of  net  work  fringed  with 
human  teeth,  No.  6921,  belong  to 
the  period  of  barbaric  customs. 
To  this  class  might  properly  be 
added  No.  7756,  a  cannon  ball  fired 
by  a  foreign  crew  over  the  house 
of  the  missionary  at  L,ahaina  be- 
cause he  endeavored  to  save  the 
natives  from  the  foreigners'  licen- 
tiousness. No.  5011  is  a  fan 
handle  of  whale  ivory  and  tortoise 


—  IO4  — 


FIG.  94.     LIBRARY   CASES   IX    UPPER   GALLERY. 


shell  once  the  property  of  Kalauiopuu,  the  Moi  of  Hawaii  at  the 
time  of  Cook's  visit.  No.  4764  is  a  cane  used  by  John  Young, 
Kamehameha's  friend,  and  the  grandfather  of  Queen  Emma. 
No.  5009  is  the  spit  box  of  the  Conqueror,  and  No.  5010  his 
medicine  bowl  of  tortoise  shell.  Here  also  are  his  favorite  fish 
hook,  No.  1286,  and  bowls  he  used  when  on  a  fishing  cruise,  Nos. 
1 355-57-  No.  5029  is  the  green  and  blue  silk  dress  made  in  London 
in  1824  for  the  young  Queen  Kamamalu,  who  arrived  in  that  city 
clad  in  the  sufficient  but  unfashionable  garb  of  her  native  islands : 
she  did  not  long  survive  the  infliction.  In  contrast  is  the  black 
dress  of  H.  R.  H.  Ruta  Keelikolani.  The  bible  given  to  "Kemeha- 
meha"  IV  by  the  American  Bible  Society  in  1856,  and  the  Prayer 
Book  translated  into  Hawaiian  by  this  same  Kamehameha  IV,  mark 
a  change,  as  do  the  very  interesting  specimens  of  thread,  yarn, 
cloth,  and  knitted  stockings  made  in  1835  under  the  instruction  of 
Miss  Lydia  Brown  of  the  American  Mission.  No.  7752,  cotton 
cloth,  of  which  the  material  was  spun,  woven  and  dyed  in  the 
factory  established  by  Gov.  Kuakini  at  Kailua,  Hawaii,  in  1840, 
"entirely  independent  of  foreign  aid  or  direction,"  as  the  old  label 
of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  declares.  Several  hundred  yards  were  manu- 
factured at  this  establishment,  but  foreign  cloth  was  better  and 
cheaper  and  the  work  died  out.  These  specimens  are,  however, 
striking  proofs  of  the  early  endeavors  of  the  foreigners  to  teach 
the  natives  useful  industries. 

The  cases  on  this  side  of  the  gallery  are  assigned  to  bird 
groups  which  shall  show  the  life  history  of  the  principal  species  of 
the  Hawaiian  Avifauna,  but  this  is  a  work  of  such  magnitude  that 
only  four  of  these  groups  are  complete  at  the  present  writing,  the 


105- 

Pueo  or  Owl,  the  Nene  or  Goose,  the  Koae  or  Tropic  Bird,  and  the 
Auku  or  Heron.  In  c.  45  are  those  birds  not  peculiar  to  the 
group  but  which  have  been  introduced  or  are  visitors.  In  the  rail 
case  73  are  fifteen  cards  with  carefully  prepared  specimens  to  show 
all  the  important  steps  in  the  process  of  bird  skinning.  No.  74 
contains  the  smaller  nests  and  eggs,  while  the  larger  nests  are  in 
c.  53.  Case  54  contains  the  mounted  birds  that  are  not  placed  in 
groups.  Rail  case  75  has  a  collection  of  woods  from  Molokai. 
Case  55  is  devoted  to  corals  and  sponges ;  c.  56  to  crustaceans  and 
radiates;  c.  57,  vertebrates,  and  cc.  58,  59  to  vegetable  products. 
In  the  latter  will  be  found  most  of  the  economic  products,  such  as 
coffee,  rice,  arrowroot,  cotton,  vanilla,  pulu  and  the  fibres.  Under 
c.  57  is  the  collection  of  Hawaiian  land  shells  arranged  by  locali- 
ties. In  these  and  other  drawers  will  be  placed  the  marine  shells, 
and  their  contents  are  shown  by  the  labels  on  each  drawer. 

On  the  centre  of  the  gallery  rail  is  a  much  reduced  model  of 
the  head  of  a  right  whale,  and  beneath  it  a  bar  of  whalebone 
to  suggest  the  natural  size.  The  fine  skeleton  of  a  sperm  whale 
(Physeter  macrocephalus)  was  captured  in  the  Pacific  and  prepared 
by  the  Messrs  Ward  of  Rochester,  N.  Y.;  it  is  55.7  ft.  long,  and 
one  longitudinal  half  is  covered  with  a  casing  to  show  its  form, 
which  is  hardly  suggested  by  the  skeleton.  Hanging  from  the 
ceiling  beyond  this  are  skeletons  of  other  whales,  as  Mesoplodon 
grayi,  hectori,  etc. 

The  upper  gallery  is  at  present  used  for  the  working  Library 
of  the  Museum,  instruments  for  investigation,  and  the  storage  of 
duplicates,  and  is  not  open  to  the  public. 


NA    RULA    HOOMALU    O    KEIA    HALE. 


»* 


t* 


* 


r 


to 


^ 

* 


/ 


ATI 

* 


#• 


**->         to 
t        7 


Ke  noi  oluolu  ia  nei  i  na  poe  makaikai  e 
waiho  i  ko  lakou  man  ukana-kookoo,  tnamalu  a 
pela'ku,  ma  ka  waihoiia  e  pili  ana  ma  ka  ipuka. 
E  wehe  na  keoiiimana  i  ko  lakou  mau  papale, 
anana  ohua  lapana  e  waiho  i  ko  lakou  mau 
kamaa  laau  ma  ka  lanai. 

Aole  ae  ia  e  komo  wale  mai  na  pokii  ke 
komo  pu  ole  me  na  makua  na  lakou  e  hoomalu 
a  e  kiai  o  pilikia  kekahi  mea. 

Mai  puhi  baka  iloko  o  ka  hale  ;  mai  kuha  i  ka 
papa  hele.  Aole  i  aeia  na  ilio  maloko  o  keia  hale. 

Aole  ae  ia  e  lawe  ia  na  mea  ai  iloko  o  ka 
hale ;  ka  hooloihi  ia  ke  komo  ana  o  na  makai- 
kai he  mea  pono  ia  lakou,  ke  pololi,  e  puka 
iwaho  e  paina  ai. 

REGULAMENTO. 


Todos  os  individuos  em  visita  a  este  Museu 
deverao  depositar  as  bengalas  e  chapeos  de  sol 
no  logar  especialmente  destinado  para  este  fim 
a  entrada  e  conservar-  se  de  cabeca  descoberta 
durante  a  sua  estada  dentro  do  edificio.  Os 
Japonezes  devem  deixar  os  tamancos  na  varanda. 

Nao  sao  admittidas  creancas,  a  nao  ser  que 
venham  acompanhadas  de  pessoas  que  sejam 
responsaveis  por  qualquer  prejuizo  causado  ao 
edificio  ou  as  colleccoes. 

E  prohibido  fumar  ou  escarrar  no  chao  e 
egualmente  prohibida  a  entrada  de  caes,  ou 
outros  animaes,  no  edificios  do  Museu. 

Nao  e  permittido  aos  visitautes  levar  comes- 
tiveis  para  dentro  do  edificio;  as  pessoas  que  con- 
tarn  passar  o  dia  no  Museu  e  precisem  tomar  qual- 
quer refei<pao  deverao  fazel-  o  fora  do  edificios. 


ffc 


a  X-JJtf  % 
%^  •  ^^#  & 

^    >>£ 

ft  "i 
*.*• 

75f     ^ 

-2fe 

f  *t 

i**  f' 

M_ 

^^7         '^  0  ., 
^        ^^« 

ft         ^** 


^ 


ft4^ 


1 


